Securing the future of German manufacturing industry
Recommendations for
implementing the strategic
initiative INDUSTRIE 4.0
Final report of the Industrie 4.0 Working Group
April 2013
Imprint
Authors
Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science
Research Alliance:
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
National Academy of Science and Engineering
(Spokesperson of the Promoters Group)
Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Wahlster
German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence
Dr. Johannes Helbig
Deutsche Post AG
acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering
Editorial staff
Ariane Hellinger, M.A.
Veronika Stumpf, M.A.
With the assistance of: Christian Kobsda, B.A.
acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering
Copy editing
Linda Treugut, M.A.
acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering
English translation
Joaquín Blasco
Dr. Helen Galloway
Layout and typesetting
HEILMEYERUNDSERNAU GESTALTUNG
heilmeyerundsernau.com
Graphics
isotype.com
HEILMEYERUNDSERNAU GESTALTUNG
Contact details / Marketing
Office of the Industry-Science Research Alliance
beim Stifterverband für die Deutsche Wissenschaft
Ulrike Findeklee, M.A.
ulrike.findeklee@stifterverband.de
forschungsunion.de
Secretariat of the Platform Industrie 4.0
Lyoner Straße 9
60528 Frankfurt/Main
kontakt@plattform-i40.de
plattform-i40.de
Publication date: April 2013
© Copyright reserved by the authors. All rights reserved. This work
and all its parts are protected by copyright. Any use not explicitly
permitted by copyright law shall require the written consent of the
authors. Failure to obtain this consent may result in legal action.
This applies in particular to reproductions, translations, microfilming
and storage in electronic systems. The authors are not liable for the
accuracy of manufacturers’ data.
Отчет из Германии о 4й промышленной революции
2 Industrie 4.0
Contents
Contents
Executive summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04
Working group members | Authors | Technical experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
2 The vision: Industrie 4.0 as part of a smart, networked world. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.1 Shaping the vision of Industrie 4.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
2.2 What will the future look like under Industrie 4.0?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
2.3 Novel business opportunities and models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
2.4 New social infrastructures in the workplace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
2.5 Novel service-based, real-time enabled CPS platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
2.6 The road to Industrie 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Example application 1
Reducing the energy consumed by a vehicle body assembly line while it is not in use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
3 The dual strategy: becoming a leading market and supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
3.1 Leading supplier strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.2 Leading market strategy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
3.3 The dual strategy and its key features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Example application 2
End-to-end system engineering across the entire value chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
4 Research requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
5 Priority areas for action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
5.1 Standardisation and open standards for a reference architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
5.2 Managing complex systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
5.3 Delivering a comprehensive broadband infrastructure for industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
5.4 Safety and security as critical factors for the success of Industrie 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
5.5 Work organisation and work design in the digital industrial age. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
5.6 Training and continuing professional development for Industrie 4.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
5.7 Regulatory framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
5.8 Resource efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Example application 3
Supporting custom manufacturing: an example of how an individual
customer’s requirements can be met . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Industrie 4.0 3
ContentsContents
Example application 4
Telepresence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
6 How does Germany compare with the rest of the world?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Example application 5
Sudden change of supplier during production due to a crisis beyond the manufacturer’s control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
7 Outlook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Background: The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Executive summary
Industrie 4.0 5
Executivesummary
Executive summary
Germany has one of the most competitive manufac-
turing industries in the world and is a global leader in
the manufacturing equipment sector. This is in no
small measure due to Germany’s specialisation in re-
search, development and production of innovative
manufacturing technologies and the management of
complex industrial processes. Germany’s strong ma-
chinery and plant manufacturing industry, its globally
significant level of IT competences and its know-how
in embedded systems and automation engineering
mean that it is extremely well placed to develop its
position as a leader in the manufacturing engineering
industry. Germany is thus uniquely positioned to tap
into the potential of a new type of industrialisation:
Industrie 4.0.
The first three industrial revolutions came about as a
result of mechanisation, electricity and IT. Now, the in-
troduction of the Internet of Things and Services into
the manufacturing environment is ushering in a fourth
industrial revolution. In the future, businesses will es-
tablish global networks that incorporate their machin-
ery, warehousing systems and production facilities in
the shape of Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS). In the
manufacturing environment, these Cyber-Physical
Systems comprise smart machines, storage systems
and production facilities capable of autonomously ex-
changing information, triggering actions and control-
ling each other independently. This facilitates funda-
mental improvements to the industrial processes
involved in manufacturing, engineering, material us-
age and supply chain and life cycle management. The
smart factories that are already beginning to appear
employ a completely new approach to production.
Smart products are uniquely identifiable, may be lo-
cated at all times and know their own history, current
status and alternative routes to achieving their target
state. The embedded manufacturing systems are ver-
tically networked with business processes within fac-
tories and enterprises and horizontally connected to
dispersed value networks that can be managed in real
time – from the moment an order is placed right
through to outbound logistics. In addition, they both
enable and require end-to-end engineering across the
entire value chain.
Industrie 4.0 holds huge potential. Smart factories allow
individual customer requirements to be met and mean
that even one-off items can be manufactured profitably.
In Industrie 4.0, dynamic business and engineering
processes enable last-minute changes to production
and deliver the ability to respond flexibly to disruptions
and failures on behalf of suppliers, for example. End-to-
end transparency is provided over the manufacturing
process, facilitating optimised decision-making. In-
dustrie 4.0 will also result in new ways of creating val-
ue and novel business models. In particular, it will pro-
vide start-ups and small businesses with the opportunity
to develop and provide downstream services.
In addition, Industrie 4.0 will address and solve some
of the challenges facing the world today such as
resource and energy efficiency, urban production and
demographic change. Industrie 4.0 enables continu-
ous resource productivity and efficiency gains to be
delivered across the entire value network. It allows
work to be organised in a way that takes demograph-
ic change and social factors into account. Smart as-
sistance systems release workers from having to per-
form routine tasks, enabling them to focus on creative,
value-added activities. In view of the impending short-
age of skilled workers, this will allow older workers to
extend their working lives and remain productive for
longer. Flexible work organisation will enable workers
to combine their work, private lives and continuing
professional development more effectively, promoting
a better work-life balance.
Global competition in the manufacturing engineering
sector is becoming fiercer and fiercer and Germany is
not the only country to have recognised the trend to de-
ploy the Internet of Things and Services in manufacturing
industry. Moreover, it is not just competitors in Asia that
pose a threat to German industry – the US is also taking
measures to combat deindustrialisation through pro-
grammes to promote “advanced manufacturing”.
6 Industrie 4.0
Executivesummary
In order to bring about the shift from industrial produc-
tion to Industrie 4.0, Germany needs to adopt a dual
strategy. Germany’s manufacturing equipment indus-
try should seek to maintain its global market leadership
by consistently integrating information and communica-
tion technology into its traditional high-tech strategies
so that it can become the leading supplier of smart
manufacturing technologies. At the same time, it will be
necessary to create and serve new leading markets for
CPS technologies and products. In order to deliver the
goals of this dual CPS strategy, the following features
of Industrie 4.0 should be implemented:
• Horizontal integration through value networks
• End-to-end digital integration of engineering
across the entire value chain
• Vertical integration and networked manufactur-
ing systems
The journey towards Industrie 4.0 will require Germany
to put a huge amount of effort into research and devel-
opment. In order to implement the dual strategy, re-
search is required into the horizontal and vertical inte-
gration of manufacturing systems and end-to-end
integration of engineering. In addition, attention should
be paid to the new social infrastructures in the work-
place that will come about as a result of Industrie 4.0
systems, as well as the continued development of CPS
technologies.
If Industrie 4.0 is to be successfully implemented, re-
search and development activities will need to be ac-
companied by the appropriate industrial and industrial
policy decisions. The Industrie 4.0 Working Group be-
lieves that action is needed in the following eight key
areas:
• Standardisation and reference architecture:
Industrie 4.0 will involve networking and integration
of several different companies through value
networks. This collaborative partnership will only be
possible if a single set of common standards is
developed. A reference architecture will be needed
to provide a technical description of these stand-
ards and facilitate their implementation.
• Managing complex systems: Products and
manufacturing systems are becoming more and
more complex. Appropriate planning and explana-
tory models can provide a basis for managing this
growing complexity. Engineers should therefore be
equipped with the methods and tools required to
develop such models.
• A comprehensive broadband infrastructure for
industry: Reliable, comprehensive and high-quality
communication networks are a key requirement for
Industrie 4.0. Broadband Internet infrastructure
therefore needs to be expanded on a massive
scale, both within Germany and between Germany
and its partner countries.
• Safety and security: Safety and security are both
critical to the success of smart manufacturing
systems. It is important to ensure that production
facilities and the products themselves do not pose
a danger either to people or to the environment. At
the same time, both production facilities and
products and in particular the data and information
they contain – need to be protected against
misuse and unauthorised access. This will require,
for example, the deployment of integrated safety
and security architectures and unique identifiers,
together with the relevant enhancements to
training and continuing professional development
content.
• Work organisation and design: In smart factories,
the role of employees will change significantly.
Increasingly real-time oriented control will transform
work content, work processes and the working
environment. Implementation of a socio-technical
approach to work organisation will offer workers the
opportunity to enjoy greater responsibility and
enhance their personal development. For this to be
possible, it will be necessary to deploy participative
work design and lifelong learning measures and to
launch model reference projects.
• Training and continuing professional develop-
ment: Industrie 4.0 will radically transform workers’
job and competence profiles. It will therefore be
necessary to implement appropriate training
strategies and to organise work in a way that
fosters learning, enabling lifelong learning and
Industrie 4.0 7
Executivesummary
workplace-based CPD. In order to achieve this,
model projects and “best practice networks” should
be promoted and digital learning techniques should
be investigated.
• Regulatory framework: Whilst the new manufac-
turing processes and horizontal business networks
found in Industrie 4.0 will need to comply with the
law, existing legislation will also need to be
adapted to take account of new innovations. The
challenges include the protection of corporate
data, liability issues, handling of personal data and
trade restrictions. This will require not only legisla-
tion but also other types of action on behalf of
businesses – an extensive range of suitable
instruments exists, including guidelines, model
contracts and company agreements or self-regula-
tion initiatives such as audits.
• Resource efficiency: Quite apart from the high
costs, manufacturing industry’s consumption of
large amounts of raw materials and energy also
poses a number of threats to the environment and
security of supply. Industrie 4.0 will deliver gains in
resource productivity and efficiency. It will be
necessary to calculate the trade-offs between the
additional resources that will need to be invested in
smart factories and the potential savings generated.
The journey towards Industrie 4.0 will be an evolution-
ary process. Current basic technologies and experi-
ence will have to be adapted to the specific require-
ments of manufacturing engineering and innovative
solutions for new locations and new markets will have
to be explored. If this is done successfully, Industrie 4.0
will allow Germany to increase its global competitive-
ness and preserve its domestic manufacturing industry.
Working group members
Authors
Technical experts
Industrie 4.0 9
Authorsandexperts
Working group members | Authors
Technical experts
Co-chairs
Dr. Siegfried Dais, Robert Bosch GmbH
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann, acatech
WG spokespersons
WG 1 – The Smart Factory
Dr. Manfred Wittenstein, WITTENSTEIN AG
WG 2 – The Real Environment
Prof. Dr. Siegfried Russwurm, Siemens AG
WG 3 – The Economic Environment
Dr. Stephan Fischer, SAP AG
WG 4 – Human Beings and Work
Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Wahlster, DFKI
(German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence)
WG 5 – The Technology Factor
Dr. Heinz Derenbach, Bosch Software Innovations
GmbH
Members from industry
Dr. Reinhold Achatz, ThyssenKrupp AG
Dr. Heinrich Arnold, Deutsche Telekom AG
Dr. Klaus Dräger, BMW AG
Dr. Johannes Helbig, Deutsche Post DHL AG
Dr. Wolfram Jost, Software AG
Dr. Peter Leibinger, TRUMPF GmbH & Co. KG
Dr. Reinhard Ploss, Infineon Technologies AG
Volker Smid, Hewlett-Packard GmbH
Dr. Thomas Weber, Daimler AG
Dr. Eberhard Veit, Festo AG & Co. KG
Dr. Christian Zeidler, ABB Ltd.
Academic members
Prof. Dr. Reiner Anderl, TU Darmstadt
Prof. Dr. Thomas Bauernhansl, Fraunhofer-Institute for
Manufacturing Engineering and Automation
Prof. Dr. Michael Beigl, Karlsruhe Institute of Technol-
ogy (KIT)
Prof. Dr. Manfred Broy, TU München
Prof. Dr. Werner Damm, Universität Oldenburg / Offis
Prof. Dr. Jürgen Gausemeier, Universität Paderborn
Prof. Dr. Otthein Herzog, Jacobs University Bremen
Prof. Dr. Fritz Klocke, RWTH Aachen / WZL
Prof. Dr. Gunther Reinhart, TU München
Prof. Dr. Bernd Scholz-Reiter, BIBA
Industry-Science Research Alliance and
professional associations
Dr. Bernhard Diegner, ZVEI (German Electrical and
Electronic Manufacturers’ Association)
Rainer Glatz, VDMA (German Engineering Federation)
Prof. Dieter Kempf, BITKOM (Federal Association for
Information Technology, Telecommunications and New
Media)
Prof. Dr. Gisela Lanza, WBK, KIT (Institute of
Production Science, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology)
Dr. Karsten Ottenberg, Giesecke & Devrient GmbH
Prof. Dr. August Wilhelm Scheer, Scheer Group
Dieter Schweer, BDI (Federation of German
Industries)
Ingrid Sehrbrock, DGB (Confederation of German
Trade Unions)
Prof. Dr. Dieter Spath, Fraunhofer IAO
Prof. Dr. Ursula M. Staudinger, Jacobs University
Bremen
Guests
Dr. Andreas Goerdeler, BMWi (Federal Ministry of
Economics and Technology)
Prof. Dr. Wolf-Dieter Lukas, BMBF (Federal Ministry
of Education and Research)
Ingo Ruhmann, BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education
and Research)
Dr. Alexander Tettenborn, BMWi (Federal Ministry of
Economics and Technology)
Dr. Clemens Zielonka, BMBF (Federal Ministry of
Education and Research)
10 Industrie 4.0
Authorsandexperts
Authors – core team
Klaus Bauer, Trumpf Werkzeugmaschinen
GmbH & Co. KG
Dr. Bernhard Diegner, ZVEI (German Electrical and
Electronic Manufacturers’ Association)
Johannes Diemer, Hewlett-Packard GmbH
Wolfgang Dorst, BITKOM (Federal Association for
Information Technology, Telecommunications and New
Media)
Dr. Stefan Ferber, Bosch Software Innovations
GmbH
Rainer Glatz, VDMA (German Engineering Federation)
Ariane Hellinger, acatech
Dr. Werner Herfs, RWTH Aachen / WZL
Marion Horstmann, Siemens AG
Dr. Thomas Kaufmann, Infineon Technologies AG
Dr. Constanze Kurz, IG Metall
Dr. Ulrich Löwen, Siemens AG
Veronika Stumpf, acatech
Co-authors
Dr. Kurt D. Bettenhausen, Siemens AG
Dr. Kerstin Geiger, SAP AG
Jörg Heuer, Telekom AG
Dr. Günter Hörcher, Fraunhofer-Institut IPA
Petra Köpfer-Behncke, SAP AG
Jörn Lehmann, VDMA (German Engineering
Federation)
Dr. Katja Patzwaldt, Jacobs University Bremen
Steven Peters, WBK, KIT
Dr. Harald Schöning, Software AG
Joachim Seidelmann, Fraunhofer Institute for
Manufacturing Engineering and Automation
Prof. Dr. Ursula M. Staudinger, Jacobs University
Bremen
Chapter 5.4 Safety and security
Matthias Brucke, OFFIS Institute for Information
Technology
Jürgen Niehaus, SafeTRANS – Safety in
Transportation Systems
Chapter 5.7 Regulatory framework
Prof. Dr. Gerrit Hornung, Universität Passau
Kai Hofmann, Universität Passau
Additional authors from the Working Groups
Vinay Aggarwal, Deutsche Telekom AG
Mathias Anbuhl, DGB (Confederation of German
Trade Unions)
Dr. Dietmar Dengler, DFKI (German Research Center
for Artificial Intelligence)
Ulrich Doll, Homag Holzbearbeitungssysteme GmbH
Dr. Gerhard Hammann, TRUMPF
Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH + Co. KG
Andreas Haubelt, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen
GmbH + Co. KG
Dirk Hilgenberg, BMW AG
Bernd Kärcher, Festo AG & Co.KG
Dr. Alassane Ndiaye, DFKI (German Research
Center for Artificial Intelligence)
Dr. Detlef Pauly, Siemens AG
Tobias Philipp, IWB
Dr. Heinz-Jürgen Prokop, TRUMPF
Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH & Co. KG
Michael Wetzel, Daimler AG
Industrie 4.0 11
Authorsandexperts
We would like to thank the participants in the following technical expert workshops
„Safety and security“ workshop held on 18 January 2013
in Frankfurt am Main for their input into chapter 5.4
Klaus Bauer, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen
GmbH&Co. KG
Christoph Bier, Fraunhofer Institute of Optronics,
System Technologies and Image Exploitation
Slavtcho Bonev, Epyxs GmbH
Willem Bulthuis, secunet Security Networks AG
Stefan Ditting, HIMA Paul Hildebrandt GmbH &
Co. KG
Wolfgang Dorst, BITKOM (Federal Association for
Information Technology, Telecommunications and New
Media)
Armin Glaser, Pilz GmbH & Co. KG
Rainer Glatz, VDMA (German Engineering
Federation)
Stephan Gurke, ZVEI (German Electrical and
Electronic Manufacturers’ Association)
Dr. Magnus Harlander, GeNUA Gesellschaft für
Netzwerk und Unix-Administration mbH
Dr. Thorsten Henkel, Fraunhofer SIT
Dr. Detlef Houdeau, Infineon Technologies AG
Dr. Lutz Jänicke,
Innominate Security Technologies AG
Hartmut Kaiser, secunet Security Networks AG
Johannes Kalhoff, Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co.KG
Prof. Dr. Frithjof Klasen, Fachhochschule Köln,
Institut für Automation & Industrial IT
Dr. Wolfgang Klasen, Siemens AG
Jörn Lehmann, VDMA
Jens Mehrfeld, BSI
Sebastian Rohr, accessec GmbH
Martin Schwibach, BASF SE
Hansjörg Sperling-Wohlgemuth,
Pilz GmbH & Co. KG
Dr. Walter Speth, Bayer Technology Services GmbH
Dr. Martin Steinebach, Fraunhofer SIT
Winfried Stephan, T-Systems International GmbH
Carolin Theobald, ZVEI
Benjamin Törl, Epyxs GmbH
Dr. Martin Vetter, TÜV Süd AG
Michael Vöth, Robert Bosch GmbH
Dr. Alexander Walsch, General Electric Deutschland
Holding GmbH
Marc Wiesner, VDMA
Oliver Winzenried, WIBU-SYSTEMS AG
Steffen Zimmermann, VDMA
„Regulatory framework“ workshop held on 28 January
2013 in Berlin for their input into chapter 5.7
Till Barleben, ZVEI
Klaus Bauer, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH
& Co. KG
Dr. Georg Böttcher, Siemens AG
Alfons Botthof, VDI/VDE Innovation + Technik GmbH
Susanne Dehmel, BITKOM
Johannes Diemer, Hewlett-Packard GmbH
Kai Hofmann, Universität Passau
Prof. Dr. Gerrit Hornung, Universität Passau
Sven Hötitzsch, Universität Würzburg
Lars Kripko, BITKOM
Dr. Reinold Mittag, IG Metall
Christian Patschke, DLR
Dr. Mario Rehse, BITKOM
Natalie Swann, Hewlett-Packard GmbH
Marc Wiesner, VDMA
1Introduction
Industrie 4.0 13
1Introduction
1 Introduction
Securing the future of German manufacturing industry
Germany has one of the most competitive manufactur-
ing industries in the world. This is due to its ability to
manage complex industrial processes where different
tasks are performed by different partners in different
geographical locations. It has been successfully em-
ploying information and communication technology
(ICT) to do this for several decades – today, approxi-
mately 90 percent of all industrial manufacturing pro-
cesses are already supported by ICT. Over the past 30
years or so, the IT revolution has brought about a radical
transformation of the world in which we live and work,
with an impact comparable to that of mechanisation and
electricity in the first and second Industrial Revolutions.1
The evolution of PCs into smart devices has been ac-
companied by a trend for more and more IT infrastruc-
ture and services to be provided through smart net-
works (cloud computing). In conjunction with ever
greater miniaturisation and the unstoppable march of
the Internet, this trend is ushering in a world where
ubiquitous computing is becoming a reality.
Powerful, autonomous microcomputers (embedded
systems) are increasingly being wirelessly networked
with each other and with the Internet. This is resulting in
the convergence of the physical world and the virtual
world (cyberspace) in the form of Cyber-Physical Sys-
tems (CPS). Following the introduction of the new In-
ternet protocol IPv62 in 2012, there are now sufficient
addresses available to enable universal direct network-
ing of smart objects via the Internet.
This means that for the first time ever it is now possible
to network resources, information, objects and people
to create the Internet of Things and Services. The ef-
fects of this phenomenon will also be felt by industry.
In the realm of manufacturing, this technological evolu-
tion can be described as the fourth stage of industriali-
sation, or Industrie 4.03 (Fig. 1).
Industrialisation began with the introduction of me-
chanical manufacturing equipment at the end of the
18th
century, when machines like the mechanical loom
revolutionised the way goods were made. This first in-
dustrial revolution was followed by a second one that
End of
18th century
Start of
20th century
Start of 1970s today
Source: DFKI 2011
4. industrial revolution
based on Cyber-Physical
Systemss
3. industrial revolution
uses electronics and IT to
achieve further automation
of manufacturing
2. industrial revolution
follows introduction of
electrically-powered mass
production based on the
division of labour
1. industrial revolution
follows introduction of
water- and steam-powered
mechanical manufacturing
facilities
First mechanical loom
1784
First programmable logic controller
(PLC), Modicon 084
1969
complexity
time
First production line,
Cincinnati slaughterhouses
1870
Figure 1:
The four stages of
the Industrial Revolution
14 Industrie 4.0
1Introduction
began around the turn of the 20th
century and involved
electrically-powered mass production of goods based
on the division of labour. This was in turn superseded
by the third industrial revolution that started during the
early 1970s and has continued right up to the present
day. This third revolution employed electronics and in-
formation technology (IT) to achieve increased auto-
mation of manufacturing processes, as machines took
over not only a substantial proportion of the “manual
labour” but also some of the “brainwork”.
Germany needs to draw on its strengths as the world’s
leading manufacturing equipment supplier and in the
field of embedded systems by harnessing the spread
of the Internet of Things and Services into the manu-
facturing environment so that it can lead the way to-
wards the fourth stage of industrialisation.
Rolling out Industrie 4.0 will not only strengthen Ger-
many’s competitive position but also drive solutions to
both global challenges (e.g. resource and energy effi-
ciency) and national challenges (e.g. managing demo-
graphic change). However, it is crucial to consider
technological innovations within their sociocultural
context4, since cultural and social changes are also
major drivers of innovation in their own right. Demo-
graphic change, for example, has the potential to
transform all the key areas of our society, such as the
way that learning is organised, the nature of work and
health as people live longer lives and the infrastruc-
ture of local communities. This will in turn have signifi-
cant implications for Germany’s productivity. By opti-
mising the relationship between technological and
social innovation processes, we will be making an im-
portant contribution to the competitiveness and pro-
ductivity of the German economy.5
Using the Internet of Things and Services
in manufacturing
The Internet of Things and Services makes it possible
to create networks incorporating the entire manufactur-
ing process that convert factories into a smart environ-
ment. Cyber-Physical Production Systems comprise
smart machines, warehousing systems and production
facilities that have been developed digitally and feature
end-to-end ICT-based integration, from inbound logis-
tics to production, marketing, outbound logistics and
service. This not only allows production to be config-
ured more flexibly but also taps into the opportunities
offered by much more differentiated management and
control processes.
In addition to optimising existing IT-based processes,
Industrie 4.0 will therefore also unlock the potential of
even more differentiated tracking of both detailed pro-
cesses and overall effects at a global scale6 which it
was previously impossible to record. It will also involve
closer cooperation between business partners (e.g.
suppliers and customers) and between employees,
providing new opportunities for mutual benefit.7
As the world’s leading manufacturing equipment sup-
plier, Germany is uniquely well placed to tap into the
potential of this new form of industrialisation.8 Germa-
ny’s global market leaders include numerous “hidden
champions” who provide specialised solutions – 22 of
Germany’s top 100 small and medium-sized enterpris-
es (SMEs) are machinery and plant manufacturers, with
three of them featuring in the top ten.9 Indeed, many
leading figures in the machinery and plant manufactur-
ing industry consider their main competitors to be do-
mestic ones.10 Machinery and plant also rank as one of
Germany’s main exports alongside cars and chemi-
cals.11 Moreover, German machinery and plant manu-
facturers expect to maintain their leadership position in
The Internet of Things and Services is coming to the manufacturing environment:
In essence, Industrie 4.0 will involve the technical integration of CPS into manufacturing and logistics and
the use of the Internet of Things and Services in industrial processes. This will have implications for value
creation, business models, downstream services and work organisation.
Industrie 4.0 15
1Introduction
the future. 60% of them believe that their technological
competitive advantage will increase over the next five
years, while just under 40% hope to maintain their cur-
rent position.12 Nonetheless, global competition in the
manufacturing engineering sector is becoming fiercer
and fiercer. And it is not just competitors in Asia that
pose a threat to German industry – the US is also tak-
ing measures to combat deindustrialisation through
programmes to promote “advanced manufacturing”.
Furthermore, manufacturing is becoming more dynamic
and complex all the time. For example, advances in la-
ser sintering technology mean that it is now possible to
“print” complex 3D structures to a high quality standard
within a matter of hours. This is resulting in the emer-
gence of completely new business models and servic-
es where the end customer is much more closely in-
volved – customers can create their own designs and
e-mail them to a “copyshop”, or they can have objects
scanned and “copied”.
On the initiative of the Industry-Science Research Alli-
ance, the partners in the Industrie 4.0 Platform have
therefore set themselves the goal of implementing the
German government’s strategic initiative to secure the
competitiveness of German industry.13
The Industrie 4.0 initiative has huge potential:
• Meeting individual customer requirements
Industrie 4.0 allows individual, customer-specific
criteria to be included in the design, configuration,
ordering, planning, manufacture and operation
phases and enables last-minute changes to be
incorporated. In Industrie 4.0 it is possible to
manufacture one-off items and have very low
production volumes (batch size of 1) whilst still
making a profit.
» Industrie 4.0 offers Germany the
chance to further strengthen its
position as a manufacturing loca-
tion, manufacturing equipment
supplier and IT business solutions
supplier. It is encouraging to see
that all the stakeholders in Ger-
many are now working closely
together through the Industrie 4.0
Platform in order to move ahead
with implementation. «
Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann
acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering
Spokesperson of the Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science
Research Alliance and Co-Chair of the Industrie 4.0 Working Group
16 Industrie 4.0
1Introduction
• Flexibility
CPS-based ad hoc networking enables dynamic
configuration of different aspects of business
processes, such as quality, time, risk, robustness,
price and eco-friendliness. This facilitates continuous
“trimming” of materials and supply chains. It also
means that engineering processes can be made
more agile, manufacturing processes can be
changed, temporary shortages (e.g. due to supply
issues) can be compensated for and huge increases
in output can be achieved in a short space of time.
• Optimised decision-taking
In order to succeed in a global market, it is becom-
ing critical to be able to take the right decisions,
often at very short notice. Industrie 4.0 provides
end-to-end transparency in real time, allowing early
verification of design decisions in the sphere of
engineering and both more flexible responses to
disruption and global optimisation across all of a
company’s sites in the sphere of production.
• Resource productivity and efficiency
The overarching strategic goals for industrial
manufacturing processes still apply to Industrie 4.0:
delivering the highest possible output of products
from a given volume of resources (resource produc-
tivity) and using the lowest possible amount of
resources to deliver a particular output (resource
efficiency). CPS allows manufacturing processes to
be optimised on a case-by-case basis across the
entire value network. Moreover, rather than having
to stop production, systems can be continuously
optimised during production in terms of their
resource and energy consumption or reducing their
emissions.14
• Creating value opportunities through new
services
Industrie 4.0 opens up new ways of creating value
and new forms of employment, for example
through downstream services. Smart algorithms
can be applied to the large quantities of diverse
data (big data) recorded by smart devices in order
to provide innovative services. There are particu-
larly significant opportunities for SMEs and
startups to develop B2B (business-to-business)
services for Industrie 4.0.
• Responding to demographic change in the
workplace
In conjunction with work organisation and compe-
tency development initiatives, interactive collabora-
tion between human beings and technological
systems will provide businesses with new ways of
turning demographic change to their advantage. In
the face of the shortage of skilled labour and the
growing diversity of the workforce (in terms of age,
gender and cultural background), Industrie 4.0 will
enable diverse and flexible career paths that will
allow people to keep working and remain produc-
tive for longer.
• Work-Life-Balance
The more flexible work organisation models of
companies that use CPS mean that they are well
placed to meet the growing need of employees to
strike a better balance between their work and their
private lives and also between personal develop-
ment and continuing professional development.
Smart assistance systems, for example, will provide
new opportunities to organise work in a way that
delivers a new standard of flexibility to meet
companies’ requirements and the personal needs
of employees. As the size of the workforce declines,
this will give CPS companies a clear advantage
when it comes to recruiting the best employees.
• A high-wage economy that is still competitive
Industrie 4.0’s dual strategy will allow Germany to
develop its position as a leading supplier and also
become the leading market for Industrie 4.0
solutions.
However, Industrie 4.0 will not pose an exclusively
technological or IT-related challenge to the relevant in-
dustries. The changing technology will also have far-
reaching organisational implications, providing an op-
portunity to develop new business and corporate
models and facilitating greater employee engagement.
Germany successfully implemented the third Industrial
Revolution (“Industrie 3.0”) during the early 1980s by
delivering more flexible automated manufacturing
through the integration of Programmable Logic Con-
trollers (PLCs) into manufacturing technology whilst at
the same time managing the impact on the workforce
Industrie 4.0 17
1Introduction
through an approach based on social partnership. Its
strong industrial base, successful software industry
and know-how in the field of semantic technologies15
mean that Germany is extremely well-placed to imple-
ment Industrie 4.0. It should be possible to overcome
the current obstacles, such as technology acceptance
issues or the limited pool of skilled workers on the la-
bour market. However, it will only be possible to secure
the future of German industry if all the relevant stake-
holders work together to unlock the potential offered by
the Internet of Things and Services for manufacturing
industry.
Since 2006, the German government has been pro-
moting the Internet of Things and Services16 under its
High-Tech Strategy. Several technology programmes
have also been successfully launched. The Industry-
Science Research Alliance is now progressing this ini-
tiative at a cross-sectoral level through the Industrie 4.0
project. The establishment of the Industrie 4.0 Platform
with a Secretariat provided jointly by the professional
associations BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI was the logical
next step in its implementation. The next task will be to
produce R&D roadmaps for the key priority themes.
Securing the future of German manufacturing in-
dustry – this is the goal that the partners in the Indus-
trie 4.0 Platform have set themselves. The Platform in-
vites all the relevant stakeholders to continue exploring
the opportunities provided by Industrie 4.0 so that to-
gether we can help to ensure successful implementa-
tion of its revolutionary vision.
1 “Over the past thirty years, the ongoing computer revolution has transformed the world in which we
live, probably more radically than anything in the previous 200 years. It has also had a radical impact
on the world of work that can only be compared in scale to the first Industrial Revolution.” Quotation
from Kornwachs, Klaus: Ergänzung und Verdrängung der Arbeit durch Technik – Eine Herausforder-
ung für die Technikwissenschaften (Enhancement and Replacement of Jobs by Technology – a
challenge for engineering science), in: ibid. (Ed.): Bedingungen und Triebkräfte technologischer
Innovationen (Enablers and Drivers of Technological Innovation) (acatech DISCUSSES), Fraunhofer
IRB Verlag, Stuttgart 2007, p. 177
2 Launched in the summer of 2012, Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) replaces the previous version 4 of
the protocol. IPv6 uses 128-bit IP addresses instead of the 32-bit addresses that were previously in use,
increasing the number of addresses available from 4.3 billion to 340 sextillion.
3 The phenomenon that we refer to as Industrie 4.0 is given different names around the globe. Other terms
used include the “Industrial Internet” and the “3rd Industrial Revolution”, see also Chapter 6.
4 For more on innovation and future technology scenarios, see acatech (Ed.): Technikzukünfte. Vorausden-
ken – Erstellen – Bewerten (Future Technology Scenarios. Planning, Production and Evaluation) (acatech
IMPULSE), Heidelberg et al.: Springer Verlag 2012, p.16, which contains the following observation:
“When thinking about the future, it is crucial to avoid considering technological innovations outside
of their sociocultural context. For example, the future role of different energy carriers will be largely
determined by how well they are accepted by society, the state of the economy and the global political
situation. Terms like ‘innovation systems’ and ‘culture of innovation’ bear witness to the recent trend to
place greater emphasis on this broader sociocultural context.”
5 This report focuses on discussing the potential of Industrie 4.0 with regard to technological innovation.
6 Globalised manufacturing is already a reality today, as witnessed in the automotive industry, for example.
“German” cars are in fact now international products made with components from Asia, Europe and the
US and are even assembled in their respective target markets. However, the use of information technol-
ogy in this context has hitherto largely failed to reflect the existence of these logistics and manufacturing
networks. Currently, IT systems still tend not to cross company or factory boundaries.
7 A look at the past also demonstrates IT’s huge potential for changing the way we do things: “From a
technical perspective, an end-to-end information flow will be key to future factory designs, with elec-
tronic data processing enabling all parts of the factory to be connected to each other through a global
information system. The highest level of computerised factory organisation is characterised by a strategy
for integrating the individual subsystems.”, in: Spur, Günther: Evolution der industriellen Produktion, in
Spur, Günther (Ed.): Optionen zukünftiger Produktionssysteme, Berlin, Akademie Verlag 1997, p. 23.
8 With annual sales totalling 200.5 billion euros and a workforce of around 931,000 (average figure for
2011), the machinery and plant manufacturing industry is an extremely important part of the German
economy.
9 Wirtschaftswoche Ranking, WiWo, 4/2013, pp. 40-50.
10 VDMA: Tendenzbefragung. Internationale Wettbewerbsposition des deutschen Maschinen- und An-
lagebaus (Survey of Current Trends. Global Competitive Position of German Machinery and Plant Manu-
facturers), October 2012.
11 Federal Statistical Office, figures for 2011. Available online at: http://de.statista.com/statistik/daten/
studie/151019/umfrage/exportgueter-aus-deutschland/
12 VDMA: Tendenzbefragung. Internationale Wettbewerbsposition des deutschen Maschinen- und An-
lagebaus (Survey of Current Trends. Global Competitive Position of German Machinery and Plant Manu-
facturers), October 2012.
13 See the German government’s High-Tech Strategy (HTS) Action Plan, Strategic Initiative Industrie 4.0, p.
52ff. Available online at: http://www.bmbf.de/pub/HTS-Aktionsplan.pdf
14 See Vogel-Heuser, Birgit et al.: Forschungsfragen in “Produktautomatisierung der Zukunft“ (Research
Issues in “Future Product Automation”), (acatech MATERIALS), Munich 2012, p. 28.
15 Under the auspices of the “Internet of Services” flagship project, the German government funded
the THESEUS research programme between 2007 and 2012 in order to promote the development
and trialling of new, Internet-based knowledge infrastructures geared towards making better use and
maximising the value of the knowledge available through the Internet. The research programme focused
on semantic technologies that, instead of detecting content (words, images, sounds) using conventional
approaches (e.g. letter combinations), are capable of recognising and classifying the semantic content
of information. More information is available online at: http://www.bmwi.de/DE/Themen/Digitale-Welt/
Internet-der-Zukunft/internet-der-dienste,did=360458.html
16 For more details, see: Promotorengruppe Kommunikation der Forschungsunion Wirtschaft – Wissen-
schaft (Ed.): Im Fokus: Das Zukunftsprojekt Industrie 4.0 – Handlungsempfehlungen zur Umsetzung
(Communication Promoters Group Report), Berlin, 2012.
2 The vision:
Industrie 4.0 as part of
a smart, networked world
Industrie 4.0 19
2Thevision
2 The vision: Industrie 4.0 as part of a
smart, networked world
In a “smart, networked world”, the Internet of Things
and Services will make its presence felt in all of the key
areas.1 This transformation is leading to the emergence
of smart grids in the field of energy supply, sustainable
mobility strategies (smart mobility, smart logistics) and
smart health in the realm of healthcare. In the manufac-
turing environment, vertical networking, end-to-end en-
gineering and horizontal integration across the entire
value network of increasingly smart products and sys-
tems is set to usher in the fourth stage of industrialisa-
tion – “Industrie 4.0”.
Industrie 4.0 is focused on creating smart products,
procedures and processes. Smart factories constitute
a key feature of Industrie 4.0. Smart factories are capa-
ble of managing complexity, are less prone to disrup-
tion and are able to manufacture goods more efficiently.
In the smart factory, human beings, machines and re-
sources communicate with each other as naturally as in
a social network. Smart products know the details of
how they were manufactured and how they are intend-
ed to be used. They actively support the manufacturing
process, answering questions such as “when was I
made?”, “which parameters should be used to process
me?”, “where should I be delivered to?”, etc. Its inter-
faces with smart mobility, smart logistics and smart
grids will make the smart factory a key component of
tomorrow’s smart infrastructures. This will result in the
transformation of conventional value chains and the
emergence of new business models.2
Industrie 4.0 should therefore not be approached in
isolation but should be seen as one of a number of key
areas where action is needed. Consequently, Industrie
4.0 should be implemented in an interdisciplinary man-
ner and in close cooperation with the other key areas
(see Fig. 2).
2.1 Shaping the vision of Industrie 4.0
Achieving the paradigm shift required to deliver Indus-
trie 4.0 is a long-term project and will involve a gradual
process. Throughout this process, it will be key to en-
sure that the value of existing manufacturing systems is
preserved. At the same time, it will be necessary to
come up with migration strategies that deliver benefits
from an early stage (see also Chapters 3 and 5.4). Nev-
ertheless, innovations constituting a quantum leap may
arise in some individual sectors.
Smart Grids
Smart LogisticsSmart Mobility
CPS
Smart Buildings
Internet of Things
Internet of Services
Smart Product
Figure 2:
Industry 4.0 and
smart factories as
part of the Internet
of Things and Services
Smart Factory
20 Industrie 4.0
2Thevision
If German industry is to survive and prosper, it will need
to play an active role in shaping this fourth industrial
revolution. It will be necessary to draw on the tradition-
al strengths of German industry and the German re-
search community:
• Market leadership in machinery and plant
manufacturing
• A globally significant cluster of IT competencies
• A leading innovator in embedded systems and
automation engineering
• A highly-skilled and highly-motivated workforce
• Proximity to and in some cases close cooperation
between suppliers and users
• Outstanding research and training facilities
In implementing Industrie 4.0, the aim is to create an
optimal overall package by leveraging existing techno-
logical and economic potential through a systematic
innovation process drawing on the skills, performance
and know-how of Germany’s workforce. Industrie 4.0
will focus on the following overarching aspects:
• Horizontal integration through value networks
• End-to-end digital integration of engineering across
the entire value chain
• Vertical integration and networked manufacturing
systems
These aspects are considered in more detail in Chap-
ter 3 in the context of the dual strategy.
2.2 What will the future look like under
Industrie 4.0?
Industrie 4.0 will deliver greater flexibility and robust-
ness together with the highest quality standards in
engineering, planning, manufacturing, operational and
logistics processes. It will lead to the emergence of
dynamic, real-time optimised, self-organising value
chains that can be optimised based on a variety of
criteria such as cost, availability and resource con-
sumption. This will require an appropriate regulatory
framework as well as standardised interfaces and har-
monised business processes.
The following aspects characterise the vision for In-
dustrie 4.0:
• It will be characterised by a new level of socio-
technical interaction between all the actors and
resources involved in manufacturing. This will
revolve around networks of manufacturing resourc-
es (manufacturing machinery, robots, conveyor
and warehousing systems and production facili-
ties) that are autonomous, capable of controlling
themselves in response to different situations,
self-configuring, knowledge-based, sensor-
equipped and spatially dispersed and that also
incorporate the relevant planning and management
systems. As a key component of this vision, smart
factories will be embedded into inter-company
value networks and will be characterised by
end-to-end engineering that encompasses both
the manufacturing process and the manufactured
In the fields of production and automation engineering and IT, horizontal integration refers to the integration
of the various IT systems used in the different stages of the manufacturing and business planning processes
that involve an exchange of materials, energy and information both within a company (e.g. inbound logistics,
production, outbound logistics, marketing) and between several different companies (value networks). The
goal of this integration is to deliver an end-to-end solution.
In the fields of production and automation engineering and IT, vertical integration refers to the integration of
the various IT systems at the different hierarchical levels (e.g. the actuator and sensor, control, production
management, manufacturing and execution and corporate planning levels) in order to deliver an end-to-end
solution.
Industrie 4.0 21
2Thevision
product, achieving seamless convergence of the
digital and physical worlds. Smart factories will
make the increasing complexity of manufacturing
processes manageable for the people who work
there and will ensure that production can be
simultaneously attractive, sustainable in an urban
environment and profitable.
• The smart products in Industrie 4.0 are uniquely
identifiable and may be located at all times. Even
while they are being made, they will know the
details of their own manufacturing process. This
means that, in certain sectors, smart products will
be able to control the individual stages of their
production semi-autonomously. Moreover, it will be
possible to ensure that finished goods know the
parameters within which they can function opti-
mally and are able to recognise signs of wear and
tear throughout their life cycle. This information
can be pooled in order to optimise the smart
factory in terms of logistics, deployment and
maintenance and for integration with business
management applications.
• In the future under Industrie 4.0, it will be possible
to incorporate individual customer- and product-
specific features into the design, configuration,
ordering, planning, production, operation and
recycling phases. It will even be possible to incor-
porate last-minute requests for changes immedi-
ately before or even during manufacturing and
potentially also during operation. This will make it
possible to manufacture one-off items and very
small quantities of goods profitably.
• Implementation of the Industrie 4.0 vision will
enable employees to control, regulate and
configure smart manufacturing resource networks
and manufacturing steps based on situation- and
context-sensitive targets. Employees will be freed
up from having to perform routine tasks, enabling
them to focus on creative, value-added activities.
They will thus retain a key role, particularly in
terms of quality assurance. At the same time,
flexible working conditions will enable greater
compatibility between their work and their
personal needs.
» The Internet of Things and
Services harbours huge po-
tential for innovation in man-
ufacturing. If we also suc-
ceed in integrating
Web-based services into
Industrie 4.0 we will increase
the scope of this potential
immeasurably. «Dr. Johannes Helbig
Deutsche Post AG
Member of the Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science
Research Alliance
22 Industrie 4.0
2Thevision
• Implementation of the vision for Industrie 4.0 will
require further expansion of the relevant network
infrastructure and specification of network service
quality through service level agreements. This will
make it possible to meet the need for high band-
widths for data-intensive applications and for
service providers to guarantee run times for
time-critical applications.
2.3 Novel business opportunities and models
Industrie 4.0 will lead to the development of new busi-
ness and partnership models that are far more geared
towards meeting individual, last-minute customer re-
quirements. These models will also enable SMEs to
use services and software systems that they are unable
to afford under current licensing and business models.
The new business models will provide solutions to is-
sues such as dynamic pricing that takes account of
customers’ and competitors’ situations and issues re-
lating to the quality of service level agreements (SLAs)
in a context characterised by networking and coopera-
tion between business partners. They will strive to en-
sure that the potential business benefits are shared
fairly among all the stakeholders in the value chain, in-
cluding the new ones. Broader regulatory requirements
such as cutting CO2
emissions (see Chapter 5.8) can
and should be integrated into these business models
so that they can be met collectively by the partners in
the business networks (see Fig. 3).
Industrie 4.0 use case scenarios relating e.g. to “net-
worked manufacturing”, “self-organising adaptive logis-
tics” and “customer-integrated engineering” will require
business models that will primarily be implemented by
what could be a highly dynamic network of businesses
rather than by a single company. This will raise a num-
ber of questions regarding financing, development, reli-
ability, risk, liability and IP and know-how protection. As
far as the organisation of the network and the qualified
differentiation of its services is concerned, it will be cru-
cial to ensure that responsibilities are correctly as-
signed within the business network, backed up by the
relevant binding documentation.
Detailed monitoring of the business models in real time3
will also play a key role in documenting processing
steps and system statuses to demonstrate that the
contractual and regulatory conditions have been com-
Figure 3:
Horizontal value
network
Factory 1
Engineering
Factory 2
Factory 3
Production
Marketing
and Sales
Engineering
Production
Marketing
and Sales
Engineering Production
Marketing
and Sales
Management and
Planning
Suppliers and
Subcontractors
Customers
External
Designer
Smart Grid
KPI
Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013
Industrie 4.0 23
2Thevision
plied with. The individual steps of the business pro-
cesses will be tracked at all times, providing documen-
tary evidence of their completion (see also 5.7). In
order to ensure efficient provision of individual services,
it will be necessary to establish exactly what the rele-
vant service life cycle might look like, which promises
can be guaranteed and which licence models and con-
ditions would allow new partners – especially SMEs –
to join the business networks.
In view of the above, it is likely that Industrie 4.0 will
give rise to unpredictable global effects and a highly
dynamic environment. The disruptive nature of new
technologies and their impact on legal issues (e.g. with
regard to technology, sensitive corporate data, liability,
data protection, trade restrictions, use of cryptography,
etc) can pose a threat to the enforceability of existing
legislation. Short innovation cycles result in the need
for constant updating of the regulatory framework and
cause chronic failings in terms of enforcement. It will
therefore be necessary to adopt a new approach
whereby technologies are tested for their compatibility
with the law both prior to and during their development
(see Chapter 5.7). Another factor that is key to the suc-
cess of the Industrie 4.0 initiative is the topic of safety
and security (see Chapter 5.4). Once again, a far more
proactive approach will be required in this area. Fur-
thermore, it will be important to ensure that the concept
of Security by Design is not simply confined to func-
tional components.
2.4 New social infrastructures in the workplace
Industrie 4.0 will bring a number of innovations to a
country that is in the throes of demographic change –
Germany has the second oldest population in the
world, after Japan, whilst the average age of the work-
force at many German manufacturing companies is in
the mid-forties. The number of young employees is in
constant decline and there is already a shortage of
skilled labour and applicants for apprenticeships in cer-
tain professions. In order to ensure that demographic
change does not occur at the expense of current living
standards, it will be necessary for Germany to make
better use of its existing labour market reserves for In-
dustrie 4.0 whilst at the same time maintaining and im-
proving the productivity of the workforce. It will be es-
pecially important to increase the proportion of older
people and women in employment. The latest research
indicates that individual productivity does not depend
on a person’s age but is instead connected with the
amount of time they have been in a particular position,
the way that their work is organised and their working
environment. If productivity is to be maintained and in-
creased over the course of longer working lives, it will
therefore be necessary to coordinate and transform
several different aspects of the workplace, including
health management and work organisation, lifelong
learning and career path models, team structures and
knowledge management.4 This is a challenge that will
have to be met not just by businesses but in particular
also by the education system.
Thus, it will not only be new technical, business and legal
factors that determine Germany’s future competitive-
ness, it will also be the new social infrastructures in
the Industrie 4.0 workplace that have the capacity to
achieve far greater structural involvement of workers in
the innovation process.
An important role will also be played by the paradigm
shift in human-technology and human-environment
interaction brought about by Industrie 4.0, with novel
forms of collaborative factory work that can be per-
formed outside of the factory in virtual, mobile work-
places. Employees will be supported in their work by
smart assistance systems with multimodal, user-friend-
ly user interfaces.
In addition to comprehensive training and CPD meas-
ures, work organisation and design models will be key
to enabling a successful transition that is welcomed by
the workforce. These models should combine a high
degree of self-regulated autonomy with decentralised
leadership and management approaches. Employees
should have greater freedom to make their own deci-
sions, become more actively engaged and regulate
their own workload.
The socio-technical approach of the Industrie 4.0
initiative will unlock new potential for developing ur-
gently needed innovations, based on a greater aware-
ness of the importance of human work in the innovation
process.
24 Industrie 4.0
2Thevision
2.5 Novel service-based, real-time enabled
CPS platforms
The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 will give rise to novel
CPS platforms geared towards supporting collabora-
tive industrial business processes and the associated
business networks for all aspects of smart factories and
smart product life cycles.
The services and applications provided by these plat-
forms will connect people, objects and systems to each
other (see Fig. 4) and will possess the following features:
• Flexibility provided by rapid and simple orchestra-
tion of services and applications, including CPS-
based software
• Simple allocation and deployment of business
processes along the lines of the App Stores model
• Comprehensive, secure and reliable backup of the
entire business process
• Safety, security and reliability for everything from
sensors to user interfaces
• Support for mobile end devices
• Support for collaborative manufacturing, service,
analysis and forecasting processes in business
networks.
In the context of the business networks, there is a par-
ticular need for IT development work with regard to
the orchestration of services and applications on
shared CPS platforms, since this is where the specific
requirements for horizontal and vertical integration of
CPS, applications and services arise in industrial
business processes (see also Chapter 5.1). For In-
dustrie 4.0, it is important to interpret the term ‘or-
chestration’ more broadly than is usually the case in
the context of web services. It should explicitly include
the setting up of shared services and applications in
collaborative inter-company processes and business
networks. Issues such as safety and security, confi-
dence, reliability, usage, operator model convergence,
real-time analysis and forecasting will all need to be
reviewed for the orchestration and subsequent effi-
Source: Bosch Software Innovations 2012
Internet of People
106-108
Internet of Things
107-109
Internet of Services
104-106
CPS-
platforms
Smart Building
Smart Grid
Smart Factory
Smart Home
Social Web
Business Web
Figure 4:
The Internet of Things and
Services – Networking
people, objects and systems
Industrie 4.0 25
2Thevision
cient, reliable, safe and secure operation of collabora-
tive manufacturing and service processes as well as
for the execution of dynamic business processes on
CPS platforms. Among other things, this will involve
addressing the challenges posed by the wide range of
different data sources and end devices. The require-
ments referred to above are currently met in only a
very rudimentary fashion by generic cloud infrastruc-
ture initiatives. Inter-company use of CPS platforms
by IT, software and service providers and by the users
themselves will require an Industrie 4.0 reference ar-
chitecture that will need to take account of the differ-
ent perspectives of the ICT and manufacturing indus-
tries (see Chapter 5.1). Modelled methods will be
required to develop new applications and services for
these CPS platforms, in order to manage the com-
plexity resulting from increasing functionality, customi-
sation, dynamism and cooperation between different
disciplines and organisations (see Chapter 5.2).
Availability of a secure and efficient network infrastruc-
ture with high bandwidths will be key to guaranteeing the
necessary secure data exchange (see Chapter 5.3).
2.6 The road to Industrie 4.0
Implementing the vision of Industrie 4.0 will involve an evo-
lutionary process that will progress at different rates in in-
dividual companies and sectors. A survey on the “pros-
pects for Industrie 4.0” carried out at the beginning of the
year by the professional associations BITKOM, VDMA
and ZVEI confirmed the importance of this topic for the
competitiveness of German industry and documented the
need for fuller and more targeted information (see Fig. 5).
Some 47 percent of the companies in the survey5 said
that they were already actively engaged with Industrie 4.0.
18 percent of these companies said that they were in-
volved in research into Industrie 4.0, whilst 12 percent
claimed that they were already putting it into practice.
Figure 5:
Results of survey
on Industrie 4.0 trends
(January 2013)
278 companies took part in the survey, mainly from the machinery and plant manufacturing industry. 205 of the companies
that took part had fewer than 500 employees.
What are the greatest challenges connected with
implementing Industrie 4.0?
(you may select more than one answer)
What support measures would you like to assist
you with implementation of Industrie 4.0?
* The figures refer to the number of companies ** Average score based on answers provided by all companies Source: BITKOM, VDMA, ZVEI 2013
Are you already engaged with Industrie 4.0?
Yes: 131*
No: 133
How are you engaging with this topic?
Obtaining information
about it
Involved in research
Putting it into practice 33
51
112
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Manufacturer: 4 / important**
How important is Industrie 4.0 for your
competitiveness as a:
Not at all important Indispensable
Not at all important Indispensable
User: 3 / average
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6
Standardisation
Process/work organisation
Product availability
New business models
Security know-how protection
Research
Training and CPD
Lack of specialist staff
Regulatory framework
98
85
78
70
64
42
30
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
147
129
109
78
66
60
41
Training courses/seminars
Involvement in research projects
Involvement in working groups
Online forums
Opportunity to share experiences
Regular newsletter
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
162
26 Industrie 4.0
2Thevision
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE:
In conjunction with smart production, smart logistics, smart grids and smart products, the increasing use
of the Internet of Things and Services in manufacturing will transform value chains and lead to the emer-
gence of new business models.
The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 will leverage the existing technological and commercial potential. Indus-
trie 4.0 offers the prospect of new business opportunities and innovative new social infrastructures in the
workplace.
The three greatest challenges connected with imple-
menting the vision were identified as standardisation,
work organisation and product availability.
Alongside active involvement in working groups, other
support measures requested by companies to aid them
with implementation of Industrie 4.0 include targeted
seminars where they can share experiences and regu-
lar newsletters. The professional associations will play
an important role in ensuring a steady flow of communi-
cation, working closely with the social partners, the
academic community and the public. Approximately 50
percent of the companies surveyed said that they had
already received information about Industrie 4.0
through their professional associations.
In addition to the above, the Working Group considers
the following measures to be key to enabling a smooth
transition to Industrie 4.0 for businesses:
• Implementation of real-time enabled CPS solutions
will place high demands on the availability of services
and network infrastructure in terms of space,
technical quality and reliability. In order to secure
Germany’s competitiveness internationally, harmoni-
sation of services and business models through the
introduction of the relevant international standards
should be supported by policymakers both nationally
and globally (see also Chapters 5.1 and 5.3).
• Business processes in manufacturing are currently
often still static and implemented through extremely
inflexible software systems. However, they cannot
simply be replaced overnight by service-oriented
systems. It will be essential to integrate new
technologies into older ones (or vice versa) – old
systems will need to be upgraded with real-time
enabled systems.
• The rate of development of new business models
for manufacturing in the Internet of Things and
Services will approach the rate of development and
dynamism of the Internet itself.
• Employees will be involved at an early stage in the
innovative socio-technical design of work organisa-
tion, CPD and technological development (see
Chapter 5.5).
• In order to achieve the transition to Industrie 4.0, it
will be necessary for the ICT industry (that is
accustomed to short innovation cycles) to work
closely with machinery and plant manufacturers and
mechatronic system suppliers (who tend to think in
terms of much longer innovation cycles) in order to
develop business models that are acceptable to all
the partners.
1 In 2009, the Industry-Science Research Alliance identified five key areas for action: climate/energy,
mobility, health, security and communication; more information online at: www.forschungsunion.de.
2 Since the 3rd industrial revolution, ICT has not only been used in manufacturing in order to optimise costs
and efficiency, but also in processes that touch on or overlap with manufacturing such as logistics, diag-
nostics, quality assurance, maintenance, energy management or human resource planning. However, the
different IT systems have developed separately over time and the separate evolution and predominantly
closed nature of their architectures means that technically it would be extremely complex to integrate
them. This makes it exceptionally difficult to achieve comprehensive networking of IT systems and flexible
reconfiguration of manufacturing systems, meaning that it is often simply not possible to take advantage
of the potential offered by this approach. In Industrie 4.0, these restrictions will no longer apply.
3 “Real time” refers to data processing that occurs synchronously with events in the real world, as opposed
to data processing where a delay is involved.
4 See Altern in Deutschland, Vol. 9: Gewonnene Jahre, Empfehlungen der Akademiengruppe, Nova Acta
leopoldina NF No. 371, Vol. 107, Stuttgart 2009, p. 49, 56. Immigrants and low-skilled workers (if they
receive further training) also constitute sources of untapped potential for the labour market, see OECD:
Zuwanderung ausländischer Arbeitskräfte: Deutschland, 2013, available online at:
http://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/social-issues-migration-health/zuwanderung-auslandischer-arbeitskrafte-
deutschland-german-version_9789264191747-de
5 278 companies participated in the survey, Source: BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI, January 2013.
Currently, many production lines or parts thereof
continue running and consuming high quantities of
energy during breaks, weekends and shifts where
there is no production. For example, 12 percent of
the total energy consumption of a vehicle body as-
sembly line that uses laser welding technology occurs
during breaks in production. The line operates five days
a week on a three shift pattern. Although this complex
piece of machinery is not in use over the weekend, it
remains powered up so that it can resume production
immediately once the weekend is over.
90 percent of power consumption during breaks in pro-
duction is accounted for by the following: robots (20 to
30 percent), extractors (35 to 100 percent) and laser
sources and their cooling systems (0 to 50 percent).
Measures to leverage energy efficiency potential:
In the future, robots will be powered down as a matter
of course even during short breaks in production. Dur-
ing longer breaks in production they will enter a kind of
standby mode known as Wake-On-LAN mode.1 The
extractors will use speed-controlled motors that can
be adjusted to meet requirements instead of motors
that cannot be controlled in this way. In the case of the
laser sources, completely new systems are the only
way of delivering improvements.
Taken together, these measures enable a reduction of
12 percent of total energy consumption to be
achieved(from45,000kWh/wtoapprox.40,000kWh/w),
together with a 90 percent cut in energy consumption
during breaks in production. These energy efficiency
considerations should be taken into account right from
the earliest stages when designing CPS.
Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue
Day
Potential savings over the weekend
Electricityconsumption
Quelle: Siemens 2013
Source: Siemens 2013
Potential savings during planned and
unplanned breaks in production
Electricityconsumption
24 hours
Today, energy efficiency is already an important requirement for machinery. A key enabler for meeting this require-
ment is the ability to systematically power down inactive parts of a line during breaks in production. Industrie 4.0
will make greater use of the opportunities that exist to do this by ensuring that this capability is consistently inte-
grated into the planning and operation of production facilities.
Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue
Day
Potential savings over the weekend
Electricityconsumption
Quelle: Siemens 2013
Source: Siemens 2013
Potential savings during planned and
unplanned breaks in production
Electricityconsumption
24 hours
Tomorrow
Today
POTENTIAL BENEFITS
Coordinated power-up and power-down of parts of a vehicle body assembly line leads to improved energy efficiency.
Whilst the cost/risk ratio and cost-effectiveness of upgrading existing machinery are not very attractive, this approach
will become an established technical standard for the new machines that will be developed by Industrie 4.0’s leading
suppliers, enabling improved energy efficiency to be achieved.
EXAMPLE APPLICATION 1: Reducing the energy consumed
by a vehicle body assembly line while it is not in use
1 The robots are controlled using PROFIenergy
3 The dual strategy:
becoming a leading
market and supplier
Industrie 4.0 29
3Thedualstrategy
3 The dual strategy:
becoming a leading market and supplier
The fourth industrial revolution (Industrie 4.0) holds huge
potential for manufacturing industry in Germany. In-
creased deployment of CPS in German factories will
strengthen German manufacturing industry by improving
the efficiency of domestic production. At the same time,
the development of CPS technology offers significant
opportunities for exporting technologies and products.
Consequently, the implementation of the Industrie 4.0
initiative should aim to leverage the market potential for
German manufacturing industry1 through the adoption
of a dual strategy comprising the deployment of CPS
in manufacturing on the one hand and the marketing
of CPS technology and products in order to strength-
en Germany’s manufacturing equipment industry on
the other.
3.1 Leading supplier strategy
The leading supplier strategy addresses the potential of
Industrie 4.0 from the point of view of the equipment
supplier industry . German equipment suppliers provide
manufacturing industry with world-leading technological
solutions and are thus in pole position to become global
leaders in the development, production and worldwide
marketing of Industrie 4.0 products. The key is now to
find smart ways of combining outstanding technological
solutions with the new potential offered by information
technology, in order to achieve a quantum leap in in-
novation. It is this systematic combination of information
and communication technology with traditional high-tech
strategies that will enable rapidly changing markets and
increasingly complex global market processes to be
managed so that companies can carve out new market
opportunities for themselves.
• Existing basic IT technologies need to be adapt-
ed to the specific requirements of manufactur-
ing and continue to be developed with this
particular application in mind. In order to achieve
economies of scale and ensure widespread
effectiveness, it will be necessary to enhance the
manufacturing technology and IT systems of
existing facilities with CPS capabilities as part of
the strategy for migrating to Industrie 4.0. At the
same time, it will be necessary to develop models
and strategies for designing and implementing CPS
manufacturing structures at new sites.
• If Germany wishes to achieve its goal of lasting
leadership as a supplier of Industrie 4.0 equipment,
research, technology and training initiatives
should be promoted as a matter of priority with a
view to developing methodologies and pilot applica-
tions in the field of automation engineering modelling
and system optimisation (see Chapter 5.2).
• Another key challenge will be to use the technol-
ogy to create novel value networks. This will
involve developing new business models,
particularly ones that link products with the appro-
priate services.
3.2 Leading market strategy
The leading market for Industrie 4.0 is Germany’s domes-
tic manufacturing industry. In order to shape and suc-
cessfully expand this leading market, close networking of
parts of businesses located at different sites will be re-
quired, together with closer cooperation between differ-
ent enterprises. This will in turn require logical, end-to-
end digital integration of the different value creation
stages and the life cycles of products, product ranges
and the corresponding manufacturing systems. One par-
ticular challenge will be to achieve simultaneous inte-
gration into these emerging new value networks of
both large-scale undertakings that already operate
globally today and SMEs that often still operate only
at a regional level. The strength of Germany’s manufac-
turing industry is in no small measure due to a balanced
structure comprising a large number of small and medi-
um-sized enterprises and a smaller number of large-scale
undertakings. However, many SMEs are not prepared for
the structural changes that Industrie 4.0 will entail, either
because they lack the requisite specialist staff or be-
cause of a cautious or even sceptical attitude towards a
technology strategy that they are still unfamiliar with.
30 Industrie 4.0
3Thedualstrategy
One key strategy for integrating SMEs into global value
networks is therefore the design and implementation
of a comprehensive knowledge and technology
transfer initiative. For example, pilot applications and
best practice examples of networks of large-scale in-
dustrial undertakings and SMEs could help to make the
potential of networked value chains more visible and
convince small and medium-sized enterprises to adopt
the methodological and organisational tools and tech-
nologies of the leading suppliers. This would remove
the barriers to SMEs becoming acquainted with CPS
methodologies, taking them on board and implement-
ing them in their own businesses.
In order to make this possible, it will be essential to ac-
celerate the use and development of the technological
infrastructure, including high-speed broadband data
transmission (see Chapter 5.3). In parallel, it will also
be important to educate and train skilled workers (see
Chapter 5.6) whilst simultaneously developing custom-
ised and efficient organisational designs for complex
working arrangements (see Chapter 5.5).
3.3 The dual strategy and its key features
Optimal delivery of Industrie 4.0’s goals will only be
possible if the leading supplier and leading market
strategies are coordinated to ensure that their poten-
tial benefits complement each other. Hereafter, this
approach will be referred to as the dual strategy. The
strategy incorporates three key features (see also
Chapter 2.1):
• Development of inter-company value chains and
networks through horizontal integration
• Digital end-to-end engineering across the entire
value chain of both the product and the associated
manufacturing system
• Development, implementation and vertical integra-
tion of flexible and reconfigurable manufacturing
systems within businesses
These features are the key enablers for manufacturers
to achieve a stable position in the face of highly volatile
markets whilst flexibly adapting their value creation ac-
» Germany’s economy is char-
acterised by its strong in-
dustrial base, particularly its
machinery and plant manu-
facturing, automotive and
energy industries. Implemen-
tation of Industrie 4.0 will be
absolutely key to its future
development – we cannot
allow industry to come to a
standstill. «
Ernst Burgbacher
Parliamentary State Secretary
Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology
Industrie 4.0 31
3Thedualstrategy
tivities in response to changing market requirements.
The features outlined under this dual CPS strategy will
allow manufacturing companies to achieve rapid, on-
time, fault-free production at market prices in the con-
text of a highly dynamic market.
3.3.1 Horizontal integration through value networks
Models, designs and implementations of horizontal in-
tegration through value networks should provide an-
swers to the following key question:
How can companies’ business strategies, new val-
ue networks and new business models be sustain-
ably supported and implemented using CPS?
This question applies in equal measure to the realms
of research, development and application (see Fig. 6).
In addition to “business models” and “forms of coop-
eration between different companies”, it is also neces-
sary to address topics such as “sustainability”, “know-
how protection”, “standardisation strategies” and
“medium to long-term training and staff development
initiatives”.
3.3.2 End-to-end engineering across the
entire value chain
The following key question arises in connection with
the goal of achieving end-to-end digital integration
throughout the engineering process so that the digital
and real worlds are integrated across a product’s entire
value chain and across different companies whilst also
incorporating customer requirements:
How can CPS be used to deliver end-to-end busi-
ness processes including the engineering work-
flow?
In this regard, modelling plays a key role in managing
the increasing complexity of technological systems
(see Chapter 5.2). The appropriate IT systems should
be deployed in order to provide end-to-end support to
the entire value chain, from product development to
manufacturing system engineering, production and ser-
vice (see Fig. 7). A holistic systems engineering ap-
proach is required that spans the different technical
disciplines. For this to be possible, engineers will need
to receive the appropriate training.
Figure 6:
Horizontal integration
through value networks
Source: Siemens 2012
Figure 7:
End-to-end
engineering
across the entire
value chain
Services
Production
Production engineering
Product design and development
Production planning
Source: Siemens 2012
32 Industrie 4.0
3Thedualstrategy
3.3.3 Vertical integration and networked
manufacturing systems
As far as vertical integration is concerned, the following
key question needs to be answered:
How can CPS be used to create flexible and recon-
figurable manufacturing systems?
The setting for vertical integration is the factory. In tomor-
row’s smart factories, manufacturing structures will not
be fixed and predefined. Instead, a set of IT configuration
rules will be defined that can be used on a case-by-case
basis to automatically build a specific structure (topolo-
gy ) for every situation, including all the associated re-
quirements in terms of models, data, communication and
algorithms (see Fig. 8).
Figure 8:
Vertical integration
and networked
manufacturing systems
Source: Siemens 2012
In order to deliver vertical integration, it is essential to
ensure end-to-end digital integration of actuator and
sensor signals across different levels right up to the ERP
level. It will also be necessary to develop modularisation
and reuse strategies in order to enable ad hoc network-
ing and reconfigurability of manufacturing systems, to-
gether with the appropriate smart system capability de-
scriptions. Moreover, foremen and operators will need to
be trained to understand the impact of these approach-
es on the running and operation of the manufacturing
system.
1 Manufacturing industry includes all companies that manufacture (or have someone else manufacture) a
physical product in a manufacturing system by processing raw materials and semi-finished products. This
includes both machining and process-based processing.
2 The equipment supplier industry includes machinery and plant manufacturers, suppliers of automation
products, systems and solutions and software companies that supply e.g. Product Lifecycle Management
(PLM) systems, manufacturing or logistics software applications or business planning software systems.
3 Topology refers to the way that a manufacturing system is configured using manufacturing resources (e.g.
machines, jobs, logistics) and the associated interactions (e.g. material flow).
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE:
Industrie 4.0 can serve to create horizontal value networks at a strategic level, provide end-to-end integra-
tion across the entire value chain of the business process level, including engineering, and enable verti-
cally integrated and networked design of manufacturing systems.
Implementation of the strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 – both in terms of research funding and concrete devel-
opment and implementation measures – should therefore be based on a dual strategy geared towards deliv-
ering the twin goals of creating a leading market among Germany’s manufacturing companies and making
Germany’s manufacturing equipment industry into a leading supplier.
Today’s value chains – from customer requirements to
product architectures and production – have often aris-
en over a period of many years and tend to be relatively
static. IT support systems exchange information via a
variety of interfaces, but can only use this information
with regard to specific individual cases. There is no
global overview from the perspective of the product
that is being manufactured. As a result, customers
cannot freely select all of their product’s functions and
features, even though technically it would be possible
to allow them to do so. For example, it is possible to
order a rear windscreen wiper for an estate car, but not
for a limousine made by the same company. Further-
more, IT system maintenance costs are currently still
very high.
The model-based development enabled through CPS
allows the deployment of an end-to-end, modelled, digi-
tal methodology that covers every aspect from custom-
er requirements to product architecture and manufac-
ture of the finished product. This enables all the
interdependencies to be identified and depicted in an
end-to-end engineering tool chain. The manufacturing
system is developed in parallel based on the same para-
digms, meaning that it always keeps pace with product
development. As a result, it becomes feasible to manu-
facture individual products.
It is possible to preserve the value of the current in-
stalled base by migrating to this tool chain gradually
over a number of stages.
End-to-end system engineering
across the entire value chain
Source: Siemens 2013
A variety of interfaces between IT support systems
Source: Siemens 2013
Benefits: End-to-end digital system engineering and the resulting value chain optimisation will mean that customers
no longer have to choose from a predefined range of products specified by the manufacturer but will instead be
able to mix and match individual functions and components to meet their specific needs.
End-to-end system engineering
across the entire value chain
Source: Siemens 2013
A variety of interfaces between IT support systems
Source: Siemens 2013
Tomorrow
Today
POTENTIAL BENEFITS
1. Higher sales thanks to a larger market and higher customer satisfaction.
2. Reduction of internal operating costs through digital end-to-end integration of the value chain.
EXAMPLE APPLICATION 2: End-to-end system engineering
across the entire value chain
4 Research requirements
Industrie 4.0 35
4Researchrequirements
4 Research requirements
Although Industrie 4.0 will largely be implemented by
industry itself, there is still a fundamental need for fur-
ther research. The Industrie 4.0 Working Group identi-
fied and presented the main medium- and long-term
research requirements and actions in October 2012.
These are summarised in the following section.
The main aim of Industrie 4.0 is to implement a dual
strategy (see Chapter 3) based on coordination of the
leading supplier and leading market strategies. This
should be supported by research activities. In Industrie
4.0, it is expected that the revolutionary applications
will come about principally as a result of combining ICT
with manufacturing and automation technology.
For this to happen, existing CPS features will need to
be adapted in the medium term for deployment in man-
ufacturing systems. This will require machine and plant
manufacturers’ strengths as integrators to be pooled
with the competencies of the ICT and automation in-
dustries to establish targeted, creative development
processes for creating new CPS. The new level of net-
working required to achieve end-to-end integration of
product models, manufacturing resources and manu-
facturing systems is going to necessitate a huge re-
search and development effort in the longer term.
The priority for future research is shifting towards
the investigation and development of fully describ-
able, manageable, context-sensitive and controlla-
ble or self-regulating manufacturing systems.
In the long term, these will consist of functional CPS
components drawn from cross-discipline, modular tool-
kits that can either be configured using help functions
or integrate themselves synergistically into an existing
infrastructure during production. It should also be pos-
sible to achieve significantly enhanced integration of
virtually planned and real manufacturing processes. In
the long term, it will therefore be necessary for re-
searchers to develop modular CPS and the corre-
sponding component catalogues as a key feature
of any model smart factory.
A quantum leap in innovation will only be achieved if
existing basic technologies are developed in an applied
manner to meet the specific requirements of the manu-
facturing environment. The resulting methods, ap-
proaches and best practice examples will need to be
disseminated across the different levels of the value
networks in order to achieve cross-discipline knowl-
edge and technology transfer. It is for this reason that
the section on the dual strategy (see Chapter 3) has
already provided an in-depth look at three of the five
central research themes:
1. Horizontal integration through value networks
2. End-to-end engineering across the entire
value chain
3. Vertical integration and networked
manufacturing systems
In the long term, this technology-driven research cen-
tred around manufacturing system applications will re-
sult in an increase in inter-company or inter-divisional
interdisciplinary cooperation that will act as a strategic
enabler for predominantly small and medium-sized ma-
chinery and plant manufacturers. This will allow the in-
dustry to respond much more swiftly to market require-
ments and establish itself as the leading supplier of a
wide range of new products, services and business
models.
However, interdisciplinarity will not come about purely
through greater cooperation between engineers and
automation engineers. The significant impact of the
fourth industrial revolution on the industrial jobs of to-
morrow is something that will have to be addressed
both through research and at a practical level. This
brings us to the fourth research requirement:
4. New social infrastructures in the workplace
In the interests of social responsibility, it will be neces-
sary to increase the involvement and promote the en-
gagement of employees in terms of using their skills
and experience with regard to both creative design and
planning processes as well as in the operational work-
ing environment. CPS will therefore require new work
organisation structures covering the entire value net-
work in order to boost employees’ productivity and pro-
vide organisational structures that support individuals’
lifelong development.
36 Industrie 4.0
4Researchrequirements
An interdisciplinary approach should be adopted to
these issues, drawing on the expertise of a team
comprising engineers, IT experts, psychologists, er-
gonomists, social and occupational scientists, doc-
tors and designers.
The basic overview presented above indicates that
practical methods and basic technologies to enable
collaborative work in the realm of manufacturing and
automation engineering are currently still widely una-
vailable in many areas.
In order to ensure that they can be used in different com-
panies and industries with different IT systems, technical
resources and competencies, the basic ICT technolo-
gies need to be adapted to the requirements of automa-
tion engineering. A further key to success will be the
establishment of practical reference architectures.
Among other things, this aspect relates to the need to
establish service-based, real-time enabled infrastruc-
tures as (or belonging to) ICT platforms for vertical and
horizontal integration as already touched upon in Chap-
ter 2. These infrastructures will need to be standardised
so that they can be used by different companies and
technologically orchestrated in order to enable the wide-
spread creation of shared business networks through
the establishment of the appropriate web services.
This brings us to the final area where research and ac-
tion are still required for Industrie 4.0:
5. Cyber-Physical Systems technology
The consolidated research requirements have been
broken down into the five research areas described in
this section. The feedback received through the Indus-
trie 4.0 Working Group, including contributions from
» Through Industrie 4.0 we will
also be enabling a paradigm
shift in human-technology
interaction. It will be machines
that adapt to the needs of
human beings and not vice
versa. Smart industrial assis-
tance systems with multimodal
user interfaces will bring digi-
tal learning technologies di-
rectly into the workplace «
Prof. Dr rer. nat. Dr h. c. mult. Wolfgang Wahlster
CEO of the German Research Center for Artificial
Intelligence (DFKI GmbH)
Member of the Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science
Research Alliance
Industrie 4.0 37
4Researchrequirements
1 See research recommendations for CPS in manufacturing: “The deployment of Cyber-Physical Systems
in manufacturing systems creates smart factories whose products, resources and processes are all
characterised by Cyber-Physical Systems. Their specific qualities offer advantages over conventional
manufacturing systems with regard to quality, time and costs. As part of the “Industrie 4.0” initiative
launched in 2011, we recommend the establishment of a project geared towards removing technological
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE:
An intensive dialogue between the relevant ministries and the Industrie 4.0 Platform will be required in order
to put together a comprehensive funding package for industry and the research community. The Industrie
4.0 Platform should ensure that its Industrial Steering Committee and Scientific Advisory Committee in-
clude experts from the realms of manufacturing, automation and IT, legal and management experts and so-
cial scientists. The Industrie 4.0 Platform’s Working Groups should invite additional experts from the re-
search and business communities to assist with the immediate task of drawing up comprehensive R&D
roadmaps that adapt the consolidated research recommendations to the specific requirements of each
working group.
In addition to facilitating discussions and informal exchanges within the Industrie 4.0 community, the Indus-
trie 4.0 Platform should also identify potential synergies between the various projects and partnerships that
are currently in existence.
the business and research communities, builds on the
recommendations of the Communication Promoters
Group that were submitted to the Industry-Science Re-
search Alliance in two reports in January and Septem-
ber 2011. It remains desirable to implement these rec-
ommendations, together with the outcomes of the
BMBF-sponsored project “Integrated Research Agen-
da Cyber-Physical Systems”1 and the BMWi study
“Das wirtschaftliche Potential des Internets der Dien-
ste” (The Economic Potential of the Internet of Servic-
es). Consequently, they should be understood as refer-
ring to the need to adapt basic ICT technologies to the
requirements of automation and manufacturing engi-
neering, including the continuation of efforts to address
general research requirements in this regard. They
should also be regarded as a concrete description of
the actions required in order to implement the vision
described above for the specific application of “indus-
trial engineering”.
In order to provide ideas and guidance for the make-up
of the relevant funding programmes, the Industrie 4.0
Working Group has furthermore identified the key ac-
tions and research requirements for the medium to
long term.
and economic barriers and accelerating the implementation and deployment of smart factories.” Quotation
from: acatech (Ed.): Cyber-Physical Systems. Innovationsmotor für Mobilität, Gesundheit, Energie und
Produktion (Cyber-Physical Systems. Driving force for innovation in mobility, health, energy and produc-
tion) (acatech POSITION PAPER), Heidelberg et al.: Springer Verlag 2011, p. 35.
5 Priority areas for action
Industrie 4.0 39
5Recommendedactions
5 Priority areas for action
Industrie 4.0 is a complex initiative that embraces several
partially overlapping areas. In October 2012, the Indus-
trie 4.0 Working Group presented a comprehensive col-
lection of medium- and long-term research recommen-
dations. The following sections focus on the key priority
areas where the Working Group believes that there is a
need for concrete industrial policy and business deci-
sions to be taken in order for the recommendations to be
implemented. The Industrie 4.0 Platform was established
in order to shape the implementation process.
5.1 Standardisation and open standards for a
reference architecture
If Industrie 4.0 is to enable inter-company networking
and integration through value networks (see Chapter
3), the appropriate standards will need to be devel-
oped. Standardisation efforts will need to focus on
stipulating the cooperation mechanisms and the infor-
mation that is to be exchanged. The complete technical
description and implementation of these provisions is
referred to as the reference architecture.
The reference architecture is thus a general model
that applies to the products and services of all the
partner companies. It provides a framework for the
structuring, development, integration and operation of
the technological systems relevant to Industrie 4.0. It
is provided in the shape of software applications and
software services (see e.g. Fig. 9).
Since the value network in Industrie 4.0 comprises
several different companies with very different busi-
ness models, the role of the reference architecture is
to pull together these divergent approaches into one
single, common approach. This will require the part-
ners to agree on the basic structural principles, inter-
faces and data.
The example of a manufacturing system serves to out-
line some of the different perspectives that would
need to be integrated into a reference architecture
(see Fig. 10):
• The perspective of the manufacturing process in
terms of processing and transport functions
• The perspective of specific networked devices in a
manufacturing system, such as (smart) automation
devices, field devices, fieldbuses, programmable
logic controllers, operating devices, mobile devices,
servers, workstations, Web access devices, etc
Requirements
Access to markets
and customers
Knowledge of
business areas
and applications
Model-based
development
platforms
Connectivity
(IPv6)
Services Services Services Services
Business Processes Business Processes
App
Solutions
Compiling and networking of functions, data and processes
Management of end devices and systems
Level
Applications
Internet
of Services
Internet-based
system
& service platforms
Internet
of Things
Mobility
Town
Energy
Industry
Company
Buildings
Figure 9:
Reference architecture
for connecting the
Internet of Things
with the Internet of
Services
Source: Bosch Software Innovations 2012
40 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
• The perspective of the software applications in the
manufacturing environment, such as data acquisi-
tion through sensors, sequential control, continuous
control, interlocking, operational data, machine
data, process data, archiving, trend analysis,
planning and optimisation functions, etc
• The perspective of the software applications used
by one or more businesses, e.g. for business
planning and management, inter-company logistics
or supporting value networks, including the relevant
interfaces and integration with the manufacturing
environment
• The engineering perspective in a manufacturing
system (Product Lifecycle Management/PLM). For
example, this could involve using data derived
from the manufacturing process to plan the
necessary resources (in terms of both machinery
and human resources). It would subsequently be
possible to successively optimise machines in
terms of their mechanical, electrical and automa-
tion technology properties, right up to the point
where the manufacturing system is set up and
brought online, whilst also taking operation and
maintenance into account.
Challenges
The first challenge is to pull together the different es-
tablished ways of seeing things that currently exist in
the realms of
• production engineering, mechanical engineering,
process engineering,
• automation engineering and
• IT and the Internet
and establish a common approach. Since Industrie
4.0 will require cooperation between companies in
the machinery and plant manufacturing, automation
engineering and software sectors, the first step will be
to agree on a common basic terminology.
Although several established standards are already in
use by the various technical disciplines, professional
associations and working groups, a coordinated over-
view of these standards is currently lacking. It is there-
fore necessary for existing standards e.g. in the field
of automation (industrial communication, engineering,
modelling, IT security, device integration, digital facto-
ries) to be incorporated into a new global reference
architecture.
Figure 10:
Examples of
the different
perspectives
included in the
Industrie 4.0
reference
architecture
Services
Production
Production
engineering
Product design and
development
Production planning
Perspective: Engineering
Perspective: Manufacturing process
Perspective: Software
Reference architecture
Industrie 4.0
Perspective: Devices
Business management
software
Production management
software
Control and regulation
software
Source: Siemens 2013
Industrie 4.0 41
5Recommendedactions
The reference architecture cannot be developed in a
top-down manner since it will need to integrate several
different perspectives and a top-down approach would
in any case take far too long. It therefore makes sense
for the reference architecture to be developed incre-
mentally and from a variety of starting points. In this
regard, it will be necessary for strategies that are cur-
rently often implemented in a project-specific manner
based on local circumstances to be gradually convert-
ed into an international standard. In doing so, it will be
important to ensure that interfaces remain technically
stable for many years to come and to preserve the val-
ue of the installed base. On the Internet, the approach
to standardisation is based on different paradigms to
those that are currently the norm in the machinery and
plant manufacturing industry, for example
• Open operating systems: in the case of Linux, a
community of businesses, research institutions and
individuals comprising more than 2,000 developers
in over 100 countries develops and maintains one
of the world’s most successful operating systems.
Recommended actions
The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends the establishment of a Working Group under the auspices of
the Industrie 4.0 Platform to deal exclusively with the topic of standardisation and a reference architecture. The
Working Group’s remit would include the following tasks:
• Building a shared understanding of the goals, benefits, potential and risks, possible content and imple-
mentation strategies with a view to creating the mutual confidence needed to support joint implementa-
tion measures. The professional associations should take the lead with regard to the implementation of
confidence-building measures.
• Alignment of the key terminology and subsequent production of a common “Industrie 4.0 glossary”. In
addition, detailed attention should to be paid to those aspects of the following issues that are relevant to
the specific content of Industrie 4.0:
• Model universals (underlying core models, reference models, architecture designs)
• Standards for the Industrie 4.0 service architecture
• Standards for a supra-automation level procedural and functional description
• Terminology standards and the use of ontologies
• Understanding of autonomous and self-organising systems, including their planning, operation and
security
• Characteristics maintenance and system structure description
• Approach to migrating existing architectures
• Open development tools: a community comprising
over 1,500 developers and millions of users
develops software for demanding modelling
applications.
• Open communication infrastructure: “Requests for
Comments” are technical and organisational
documents published through the Internet Society
that were first established as long ago as
07.04.1969. Their widespread acceptance and use
has converted them into de facto standards.
Well-known examples include the Internet protocol
(TCP/IP) and e-mail protocol (SMTP).
These paradigms enable standardisation efforts to be
progressed far more rapidly.
Finally, it will be important to build trust in the reference
architecture. This is particularly relevant with regard to
know-how protection (see Chapter 5.7). It will also be
key to ensure that the full range of intended users of the
reference architecture are appropriately engaged in its
design right from the early stages.
42 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
• Production of a bottom-up map outlining the standardisation bodies that currently exist today. Current,
established “automation reference architecture” approaches and examples would then be located on the
map. This could serve as a basis for assessing the different themes with regard to further development
and migration in the context of Industrie 4.0 and identifying clusters of themes that are not currently
covered.
• Starting work on the production of a top-down roadmap, taking account of cost-benefit considerations
and time constraints. A holistic approach should be adopted in order to strike a sensible balance between
standardisation and individuality. The structure should be open and transparent and all the stakeholders
should be engaged in the development and use of the standards. Licensing models should also be
addressed.
• Development of an “Industrie 4.0 community” with members from several different companies that
feels responsible for the technical implementation of the reference architecture and is able to roll it out
and maintain it in the longer term. This will require a suitable licensing model and an appropriate commu-
nity process to be chosen.
• Other tasks forming part of the Working Group’s remit would include moderation, recommendations,
evaluation, communication and motivation.
The Working Group also recommends the establishment of appropriate flagship projects to demonstrate the
successful development and deployment of reference architectures. Figure 11 provides an example of a possible
reference architecture focused on horizontal integration through value networks.
Other topics for reference architectures could include end-to-end engineering of products and their associ-
ated manufacturing systems or real-time process communication for the management and control of highly
dynamic technological manufacturing processes.
5.2 Managing complex systems
Products and their associated manufacturing systems
are becoming more and more complex. This is a result of
increasing functionality, increasing product customisa-
tion, increasingly dynamic delivery requirements, the in-
creasing integration of different technical disciplines and
organisations and the rapidly changing forms of coop-
eration between different companies.
Modelling can act as an enabler for managing this grow-
ing complexity. Models are a representation of a real or
hypothetical scenario that only include those aspects
that are relevant to the issue under consideration. The
use of models constitutes an important strategy in the
digital world and is of central importance in the context
of Industrie 4.0.
A fundamental distinction can be drawn between two
types of model:
• Planning models provide transparency with regard
to the creative value-added generated by engineers
and thus make it possible for complex systems to
be built. An example of a planning model would be
a schematic used by an engineer to explain how he
or she has implemented appropriate functions to
meet the requirements placed on a system. As
such, the model contains the engineer’s knowl-
edge.
• Explanatory models describe existing systems in
order to acquire knowledge about the system
through the model. This typically involves using
different analysis processes such as simulation. For
example, a simulation can be used to calculate a
factory’s energy consumption. Explanatory models
are often used to validate engineers’ design
choices.
Industrie 4.0 43
5Recommendedactions
Figure 11:
Example reference
architecture for a
CPS platform
Customers
Marketplace portal (public)
Identity & access mgmt
(AAA, SSO)
Reporting
Manufacturer-specific MSB
MSB: Integration platform, workflow management
Multi-tenant, shared central databases
Secure Private Platform
MES
Remote
Service
Service
x
Service
y
Service
z
Virtual
Desktop
eAppsBasic
Services
CRM
integration
ERP
integration
Provider / service
management
Customer management
Customer billing
Settlement of eApp
provider accounts
Product management
Service provisioning
Self-service portal
Aggregation
platform
Researchand
development
Applicationplatform
(Services,API)
Basic
services
Integration
services
Data
backbone
Customer ISV Partner
Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013
The digital world thus exerts a significant influence over
real-world design via planning models, whilst the real
world also influences the models used in the digital
world via explanatory models.1
The fact that models usually contain formal descrip-
tions means that they can be processed by computers,
allowing the computer to take over routine engineering
tasks such as performing calculations or other repeti-
tive jobs. One of the benefits of models is therefore
that they allow manual activities to be automated and
enable actions to be performed in the digital world that
previously had to be performed in the real world.
Models offer huge potential – and not only in the con-
text of Industrie 4.0. For example, they allow the risks
involved in a project to be reduced through early detec-
tion of errors or early verification of the demands placed
on the system and the ability of proposed solutions to
meet these demands. Or they can provide a transpar-
ent information flow that enables more efficient engi-
neering by improving interdisciplinary cooperation and
facilitating more consistent engineering data.
Explanatory models that describe interactions and be-
haviours in the real world are not only useful for valida-
tion purposes during the development and design
stages. In the future, they will be primarily deployed
during the production stage in order to check that pro-
duction is running smoothly, detect wear and tear with-
out needing to halt production or predict component
failure and other disruptions.
Challenges
Particularly in SMEs, it is still not standard practice to
use model-based simulations in order to configure
and optimise manufacturing processes. One major
challenge for Industrie 4.0 will therefore be to raise
awareness of models’ potential among the wider engi-
neering community and equip engineers with meth-
ods and tools for using appropriate models to depict
real-world systems in the virtual world (see Chapter
5.6). There are some scenarios (e.g. chemical interac-
tions during production) where suitable models sim-
ply do not exist or where it is hard to describe them in
a formal model.
The explicit development of models for Industrie 4.0 will
initially involve a higher financial outlay than approaches
that do not explicitly use modelling. This is because a
value-added activity is being brought forward to an ear-
lier stage in the process in order to reduce costs later
on. This immediately raises the question of whether mod-
elling is cost-effective. The answer is obviously very de-
pendent on the type of business in question. Companies
are likelier to accept higher initial investment levels in in-
dustries with high production volumes
44 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
(such as the automotive industry) or industries with strin-
gent safety standards (such as the avionics2 sector).
They are less likely to do so if they only manufacture
small volumes or make individual products. The percent-
age of costs associated with customer-specific activities
vs. customer-independent activities also plays an impor-
tant role in this regard. It is key to the success of models
that they should be developed cost-effectively and that
they should be used productively not just during the de-
sign stage but also in the subsequent stages, including
operation.
Modelling and simulation can only be carried out by
qualified experts. It is therefore important that the rel-
evant companies should provide these experts with the
appropriate career opportunities. Currently, employees
of SMEs in the mechanical engineering sector who are
Recommended actions
The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends the establishment of a Working Group under the auspices of
the Industrie 4.0 Platform to deal exclusively with the topic of modelling as a means of managing complex
systems, particularly in the realm of manufacturing engineering. The Working Group’s remit should include
the following tasks:
• A representative survey should be carried out to establish the most pressing requirements in the field of
modelling, in order to narrow down this very broad subject area to the most important aspects in terms of
implementation.
• Best practice sharing should be carried out, particularly among SMEs, in order to promote the fundamental
importance of modelling among both practitioners and decision-makers. Potential themes could include
modularisation, virtual start-up or digital plant. In addition, appropriate events should be arranged to enable
discussion of entry barriers and migration strategies (cf. the request for more information expressed in the
survey conducted by the professional associations, Chapter 2). Moderation should also be provided for
communities and expert pools that would act as a one-stop shop for answering questions about model-
ling from (potential) users.
• The Working Group should encourage the establishment of common user groups for tool users, tool
manufacturers (product managers, architects) and trainers with a view to participants gaining a better mutual
understanding of each other’s situations. As the leading suppliers under the Industrie 4.0 initiative, the focus
should be on the “machinery and plant manufacturing” target user group, in order to provide tool manufac-
turers with a platform for optimally addressing their requirements (e.g. in relation to integration, end-to-end
capability, shortcomings and potential). It would be desirable to invite existing user groups for specific
engineering tools to provide their input on the relevant topics.
• In addition, the Working Group should work on the development of the appropriate guidelines and recom-
mended actions.
qualified in this area are largely regarded as “oddballs”.
Finally, a holistic approach should be adopted to the
“introduction” of modelling for Industrie 4.0. Firstly, it
will be necessary to take the product and manufac-
turing system into account, both in terms of equip-
ping them with a modular design and ensuring the in-
volvement of different disciplines (e.g. manufacturing
engineering, automation engineering and IT). Second-
ly, the actual development, engineering and manufac-
turing processes occurring in the factory will also
have to be considered on a case-by-case basis. Last-
ly, modelling requires efficient software tools that will
have to be optimised and adapted to provide the nec-
essary functionality, enable them to be integrated with
existing tools and processes, and bring them into line
with the roll-out strategy.
Industrie 4.0 45
5Recommendedactions
In addition to the activities of the Platform, targeted efforts should be made in terms of training and continuing
professional development provision with regard to modelling and systems engineering. This includes both ap-
propriate training provision for young engineers and appropriate CPD measures for experienced engineers.
Training content should be specifically geared towards the requirements of manufacturing companies (see
Chapters 5.5 and 5.6).
The Working Group also recommends the establishment of the appropriate flagship projects to deploy and test
existing modelling methods and tools in order to demonstrate the value of modelling in different situations (engi-
neering vs. operation, mass production vs. small volumes or individual products, manufacturing industry vs. pro-
cess industry, in-house vs. inter-company, production vs. logistics, etc).
• Provision of widely available/guaranteed traffic
capacity (fixed/guaranteed broadband)
• SMS delivery status notification across all mobile
network operators
• Standardised Application Programming Interfaces
(APIs) for provisioning covering all providers (SIM
card activation/deactivation)
• Tariff management
• Cost control of mobile service contracts
• Quality of service (fixed bandwidth)
• Affordable global roaming
• Widely available embedded SIM cards
• Satellite-based solutions for areas with no recep-
tion [N.B. in sparsely populated areas].”
This basic infrastructure is required not just for Indus-
trie 4.0 but for all CPS applications, including those in
the areas of energy and healthcare (see Chapter 2.1).
Challenges
The overall requirements for an effective broadband in-
frastructure that is accessible to a large number of us-
ers are simplicity, scalability, security, availability and
affordability.
5.3 Delivering a comprehensive broadband
infrastructure for industry
If CPS are rolled out on a widespread basis, it will in
general terms be necessary to build an infrastructure
that enables significantly higher-volume and higher-qual-
ity data exchange than provided by current communica-
tion networks. A core requirement for Industrie 4.0 is
therefore the enhancement of existing communication
networks to provide guaranteed latency times, reliability,
quality of service and universally available bandwidth. In
keeping with the recommendation of the National IT
Summit presented in the 2011 Digital Infrastructure
Yearbook, broadband Internet infrastructure needs to be
expanded on a massive scale, both in Germany and be-
tween Germany and its manufacturing partner coun-
tries.3
“High operational reliability and data link availability are
crucial for mechanical engineering and automation en-
gineering applications. Guaranteed latency times and
stable connections are key, since they have a direct im-
pact on application performance. […] Network opera-
tors should do more to meet the wishes of businesses.
• Binding and reliable SLAs (Service Level Agree-
ments)
• Availability and performance of traffic capacity
• Support for data link debugging/tracing, especially
provision of the relevant technical aids
46 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
Recommended actions
The Industrie 4.0 Working Group strongly recommends implementation of the recommendations for expand-
ing Germany’s broadband Internet infrastructure proposed by Working Group 2 “Digital Infrastructure” at the
2011 National IT Summit. It will be necessary to carry out studies of concrete applications in order to establish
the exact bandwidths and real-time capabilities required for Industrie 4.0.
In accordance with the recommendations of Working Group 2, the Industrie 4.0 Working Group also recom-
mends expansion of Germany’s broadband Internet infrastructure.
5.4 Safety and security as critical factors for
the success of Industrie 4.0
Safety and security are two key aspects with regard
to manufacturing facilities and the products they
make (see info panel). On the one hand, they should
not pose a danger either to people or to the environ-
ment (safety), whilst on the other both production fa-
cilities and products – and in particular the data and
know-how they contain – need to be protected
against misuse and unauthorised access (security).
In contrast to security, safety issues have been an
important consideration in the design of manufactur-
ing facilities and the products they make for many
years. Safety is regulated by a whole host of regula-
tions and standards governing the construction and
operation of such systems.4
Since information technology first came into contact
with mechanics and electronics towards the end of
the 1960s (Industrie 3.05) there has been a dramatic
increase in safety and security requirements in the
manufacturing environment. In addition to the fact
that it became far more complex to provide hard evi-
dence of operational safety, it gradually became ap-
parent that security was also a problem. Many of the
safety and security issues that arose in Industrie 3.0
(the “beta version” of Industrie 4.0) have yet to be
fully resolved. Security measures in particular are of-
ten slow to be implemented and frequently only pro-
vide partial fixes. With the advent of Industrie 4.0, a
number of additional safety and security require-
ments are set to arise. Industrie 4.0’s CPS-based
manufacturing systems involve highly networked sys-
tem structures incorporating large numbers of human
beings, IT systems, automation components and ma-
chines. High-volume and often time-critical data and
information exchange occurs between the technologi-
cal system components, many of which act autono-
mously. At the same time, a far greater number of ac-
tors is involved across the value chain (see Chapters 2
and 3). However, safety and security are always prop-
erties of the entire system. Thus, in addition to opera-
tional safety issues, the extensive networks and at least
hypothetical potential for third-party access mean that
a whole new range of security issues arise in the con-
text of Industrie 4.0. It will only be possible to imple-
ment Industrie 4.0 and get people to accept it if the
following points are put into practice:
1. Security by Design as a key design principle. In
the past, security against external attacks was usu-
ally provided by physical measures such as access
restrictions or other centralised security measures. In
CPS-based manufacturing systems, it is not enough
simply to add security features on to the system at
some later point in time. All aspects relating to safety,
and in particular security, need to be designed into
the system from the outset.
2. IT security strategies, architectures and stand-
ards need to be developed and implemented in
order to confer a high degree of confidentiality, integ-
Industrie 4.0 47
5Recommendedactions
“Safety” refers to the fact that technological systems (machines, production facilities, products, etc) should
not pose a danger either to people or to the environment, whilst “security” refers to the fact that the system
itself needs to be protected against misuse and unauthorised access (access protection, security against
attacks, data and information security). Various aspects of safety and security are relevant to Industrie 4.0,
making it essential to draw a clear distinction between the two terms:
Security/IT security/cyber-security: The protection of data and services in (digital) systems against mis-
use, e.g. unauthorised access, modification or destruction. The goals of security measures are to increase
confidentiality (the restriction of access to data and services to specific machines/human users), integrity
(accuracy/completeness of data and correct operation of services) and availability (a means of measuring
a system’s ability to perform a function in a particular time). Depending on the technological system in ques-
tion and the data and services that it incorporates, security provides the basis for information privacy, i.e.
the protection of individuals against infringements of their personal data rights. It also enables know-how
protection, i.e. protection of intellectual property rights.
Safety: The absence of unacceptable risks and threats to people and the environment resulting from op-
eration of the system. “Safety” requires both operational safety and a high degree of reliability. Depending
on the technological system in question, safety may also involve additional aspects such as prevention of
mechanical or electrical hazards, radiation protection, prevention of hazards relating to steam or high pres-
sure, etc. Operational safety refers to the aspects of safety that are dependent on the correct operation of
the system or that are provided by the system itself. The elements required to deliver operational safety in-
clude low fault rates, high fault tolerance (i.e. the ability to keep operating correctly even when faults occur)
and robustness (the ability to guarantee basic functionality in the event of a fault). Reliability refers to the
probability of a (technological) system operating correctly for a given period of time in a given environment.
rity and availability on the interactions between these
highly networked, open and heterogeneous compo-
nents. They also need to provide an appropriate, reli-
able and affordable solution for protecting the digital
process know-how, intellectual property rights and
data in general of each individual manufacturer and
operator, both vis-à-vis the outside world and with
regard to components belonging to different opera-
tors and/or manufacturers vis-à-vis each other (see
also Chapter 5.7).
In Industrie 4.0, it is therefore always necessary to
adopt a global approach to safety and security. It is
essential to consider the impact of security measures
(cryptographic processes or authentication proce-
dures) on safety (time-critical functions, resource
availability) and vice versa (“does a particular critical
safety function of a subsystem increase the risk of
cyber-attacks?”).
Furthermore, in view of the current situation, a dual
strategy is also required for Industrie 4.0 with regard to
safety and security. Firstly, existing factories will have to
be upgraded with the safety and security measures
needed to meet the new requirements. The typically
long service lives of machinery and short innovation cy-
cles, together with heterogeneous and in some cases
very old infrastructures that are difficult to network
mean that this will not be an easy task. Secondly, solu-
tions for new factories and machinery will have to be
developed. The transition from the third to the fourth
industrial revolution should be as seamless as possible
and should be implemented in a way that can be clearly
48 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
understood by all the relevant stakeholders. One key
aspect for both pillars of the strategy is for all the actors
throughout the entire value chain to reach a consensus
on safety and security issues and the relevant architec-
ture before implementation begins.
Challenges
There are a variety of different challenges facing safety
and security in the context of Industrie 4.0. Quite apart
from the technical challenges, successful safety and
security solutions will also have to address commercial,
psychological and educational issues. For example, in-
dustry currently lacks fully standardised operating plat-
forms for implementing adequate safety and security
solutions that have been tailored to the specific require-
ments of industry in terms of their implementation and
cost so that they do not merely become regarded as
cost drivers. There is often little that can be done to
expand or upgrade existing infrastructure, especially
since many safety and security solutions were originally
developed for other industries or applications. Moreo-
ver, security awareness often plays a key role, particu-
larly with regard to IT security issues. There are cur-
rently too many discrepancies regarding the level of
security awareness in different industries. In view of the
fact that Industrie 4.0 will involve increased networking
and cooperation between several different partners in a
value chain, it will be necessary for partners to have a
higher level of confidence in each other’s competence
(security & trust) and for them to provide hard evidence
of their competence.
Machinery and plant manufacturers are becoming in-
creasingly aware of the value-added potential of soft-
ware, resulting in a sharp rise in the number of software
components found in manufacturing facilities and ma-
chinery. However, too little is often still known about the
relevant IT threats. Industrial IT security has only started
to be discussed in the automation industry since the
public debate surrounding malware such as Stuxnet,
Duqu or Flame. Moreover, software is also playing an
increasingly important role in delivering and maintain-
ing security and safety, but this is something that has
not yet been properly taken on board by manufacturing
processes – and where solutions are available they
have yet to be implemented.
In general terms, Industrie 4.0 will require a much more
proactive approach to safety and security than has hith-
erto been the case (especially with regard to security
by design). At the moment, safety and security issues
are often only raised reactively once the development
process is over and specific safety or security prob-
lems have already occurred. However, this belated im-
plementation of safety and security solutions is both
costly and also often fails to deliver a permanent solu-
tion to the relevant problem. Consequently, safety and
security cannot simply be broken down into functional
components but should instead be approached as a
process. In order to achieve fast response times, it is
also important to provide support through monitoring
and comprehensive cross-sectoral information ex-
changes. At the moment, there is insufficient monitor-
ing of risk assessment indicators, particularly with re-
gard to industrial IT security, and little if any information
is exchanged about safety and security incidents. Ac-
tion in these areas would help to stop the spread of vi-
ruses or indiscriminate cyber-attacks.
Industrie 4.0 49
5Recommendedactions
Recommended actions
As part of its study of cyber-security issues, the Federal Office for Information Security (BSI) drew up a list6
of the top 10 most critical threats currently facing Industrial Control Systems (ICS). The Industrie 4.0 Working
Group has worked together with a number of experts to produce a complementary list of eight priority areas
for action in the field of safety and security:
1. Integrated safety and security strategies, architectures and standards
Industrie 4.0 will require modified safety and security strategies, together with systematic application of the
relevant principles and methods throughout the entire system life cycle. A common “knowledge pool” should
be developed as a basis for this approach. This would enable the strategies and processes currently used
in the process automation and mechanical and electrical engineering industries to be enhanced by adapt-
ing the safety and security strategies and processes employed by the IT, automotive and aerospace indus-
tries to the specific requirements of Industrie 4.0.
• Research is needed to develop safety and security strategies for hypothetically open, collaborative
subsystems belonging to different manufacturers and operators. These strategies should be based on
threat scenarios that could initially be developed for individual sectors such as the mechanical engi-
neering or automotive supply industries, but which would ultimately have to be applicable to all indus-
tries.
• It is important to ensure that research and development of the relevant strategies and systems is
closely coordinated with other safety and security research projects on topics such as secure proof of
identity, cyber-security or the protection of critical infrastructure and that knowledge is exchanged with
other industries such as the automotive and aerospace industries.
• Building on these strategies, safety and security architectures for manufacturing systems should be
defined as reference architectures for the Industrie 4.0 initiative. As far as possible, these should be
backwards compatible with existing Industrie 3.0 systems.
In addition to ensuring the standardisation of approaches and procedures that is key to the success of In-
dustrie 4.0, these reference architectures would also enable test procedures to be defined and testing fa-
cilities to be established that could be used to test the overall safety and security of systems at every level,
from the individual machine to networks of machines and the application stage. The reference architectures
could also serve as a basis for issuing security classifications and certificates to new and especially to exist-
ing subsystems. This approach would thus form part of the migration strategy.
2. Unique and secure IDs for products, processes and machines
Secure information exchange throughout the entire manufacturing process is key to the acceptance and
success of Industrie 4.0. This applies to machines, their components, the data being exchanged, the af-
fected processes and the organisational units involved. To enable this exchange, it is necessary for the in-
dividual machines, processes, products, components and materials to possess unique electronic IDs. Fur-
thermore, it would be desirable to issue components with a kind of “security passport” containing details of
the risks that were already taken into account and counteracted during development and the risks that need
to be considered by the integrator, installer, operator or user. The passports would also contain the secu-
rity classification referred to above.
50 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
As part of a secure ID, these passports could form the basis of a system for rating the overall security of a CPS
in the manufacturing environment, both during its development and during production itself. The security rating
would take into account the value of the product, the potential threats and the modified or appropriate coun-
termeasures. The strategic initiative on “Secure Identities” should thus be expanded to include “products”,
“machines” and “processes” and should incorporate virtual products as well as physical ones.
3. A migration strategy from Industrie 3.0 to Industrie 4.0
The goal of a migration strategy would be to gradually improve the security of current Industrie 3.0 facilities
(which are likely to remain in use for some considerable time) and prepare them for conversion to Industrie
4.0. However, the heterogeneity, long service lives and individual nature of existing manufacturing facilities
all hamper the development of common standards for IT security solutions. Consequently, in addition to the
abovementioned assessment of the current status of existing facilities, a migration strategy will also require
the development of a standardised process model that enables individual security solutions to be imple-
mented rapidly, pragmatically and cost-effectively. This process could be arrived at by adapting existing
(generic) IT security processes, based on the definition of individual security goals, a situation analysis in
order to identify weaknesses and threats and the subsequent establishment of a list of measures which
would then be implemented.
4. User-friendly safety and security solutions
People tend to avoid using processes and applications that are not user-friendly. This can have fatal conse-
quences for safety and security solutions, especially in a highly networked environment. It is therefore nec-
essary to develop safety and security solutions that are geared towards users’ needs, possess user-friendly
interfaces and therefore guarantee execution of the application in question. These factors should be taken
into account from the initial design phases through engineering and operation right up to and including
maintenance.
5. Safety and security in a business management context
Inevitably, safety and security are always going to be cost factors. When machinery breaks down, there can
be both a direct impact (e.g. lower turnover) and an indirect impact (e.g. compensation claims from custom-
ers, suppliers and partners or damage to the company’s image). However, until now few manufacturers have
taken out insurance against damage caused by IT issues. It is therefore necessary to develop methods that
will enable clearer calculation of the risks associated with Industrie 4.0 and the cost-effectiveness of the
relevant security solutions as opposed to the alternative of shutting down manufacturing facilities in the
event of a real or suspected IT threat.
6. Secure protection against product piracy
Successful products are inevitably going to be targeted by product piracy. In a global market, intellectual
property protection is therefore key to the survival of high-wage economies.7 The problems associated with
this phenomenon are not confined to its impact on sales but also include damage to corporate image and
loss of know-how. In the most extreme cases, erstwhile pirates can even become competitors. Moreover, the
problem is no longer restricted to the often rather complex physical replication of products – the targeted
theft of corporate and product know-how is now also becoming increasingly common, especially in the form
of software or configurations that are currently still easy to copy.
Industrie 4.0 51
5Recommendedactions
Protection against product piracy assumes even greater importance in Industrie 4.0 in view of the much
higher degree of cooperation between the different partners in the value network. It is therefore necessary to
work at a technical level and in particular at the corporate and competition law levels to find solutions that
guarantee trust and transparency within the platform whilst at the same time protecting critical business know-
how.
7. Training and (in-house) CPD
A knowledge of IT security issues is essential for all the members of an organisation. It is crucial to raise
awareness among all the people involved in production, from skilled machine operators to security software
developers and planning engineers working in the field of plant engineering. When security solutions are
implemented in a business, it is not enough simply to install a technical product, even if it is user-friendly (see
point 4) – employees also need to be adequately trained with regard to the relevant security requirements.
Appropriate awareness-raising campaigns targeted at the manufacturing environment could help to over-
come the current shortcomings in this area, whilst the introduction of compulsory classes on this topic at
higher education institutions would help prepare the workforce of the future (see also Chapter 5.6).
8. “Community building” for data protection in Industrie 4.0
Industrie 4.0 will require tougher data protection arrangements, for example because it will be technically
possible to record and analyse information about employees’ health via the machines in smart factories or
through smart assistance systems. The use of personal information is an especially sensitive issue in Ger-
many, where there is much focus on the right to informational self-determination. Consequently, it is recom-
mended that the topic of data protection should be addressed in close cooperation with the strategic initia-
tive on “Secure Identities”, the Federal Office for Information Security (BSI), the Federal and regional Data
Protection Commissioners and the trade unions and company works councils (see Chapter 5.7).
The Industrie 4.0 Platform will need to engage in an in-depth discussion in order to establish priorities with a
view to drawing up a roadmap or producing a list of requirements. When envisaging the optimal solution for
Industrie 4.0, it will be important to consider not just how to deliver secure communication between machines
and components but also the inherent security of individual machines. It is recommended that the focus should
be on pragmatic solutions that can be promptly implemented in existing facilities without having to wait for the
longer-term “ideal” solutions to be developed (see Chapter 2.1).
Germany is a world leader in both complex IT security solutions and in the field of safety, whilst Germany’s
safety and security experts enjoy an excellent reputation right across the globe. However, conventional IT se-
curity products are predominantly produced in other countries such as the US and Israel. In parallel to the
development of CPS and CPS products, Germany has an opportunity to build its own security industry for
Industrie 4.0, drawing on the competitive advantage provided by its specific know-how in manufacturing and
automation processes, mechatronic engineering and embedded systems. It will be important to act swiftly to
ensure that this advantage is used to its full potential in Industrie 4.0.
52 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
» Industrie 4.0 will require the
development of technological
and organisational solutions
that are adapted to the needs
of small and medium-sized
enterprises. It will be neces-
sary to take advantage of the
specialist know-how within
businesses. Worker-friendly
work organisation and work-
place-based training will be
key to its implementation.«Dr. Georg Schütte
Federal Ministry of Education and Research
State Secretary
The remit of innovation needs to be consistently wid-
ened to include smart organisation of work and em-
ployees’ skills, since employees will play a key part in
implementing and assimilating technological innova-
tions. It is likely that their role will change significantly
as a result of the increase in open, virtual work plat-
forms and extensive human-machine and human-sys-
tem interactions. Work content, work processes and
the working environment will be dramatically trans-
formed in a way that will have repercussions for flexi-
bility, working time regulation, healthcare, demograph-
ic change and people’s private lives. As a result, in
order to achieve successful integration of tomorrow’s
technologies they will need to be smartly embedded
into an innovative social organisation (within the work-
place).
5.5 Work organisation and work design in the
digital industrial age
What impact will Industrie 4.0 have in the workplace?
What responsibilities will have to be met by business-
es and society in a decentralised high-tech economy
where CPS are commonplace? How should the
world of work respond to these changes? In a future
characterised by increasing automation and real-time
oriented control systems, how can we ensure that
people’s jobs are good, safe and fair? The answers
to these questions will determine whether or not it is
possible to mobilise existing reserves of innovation
and productivity and secure a competitive advantage
through the widespread deployment of automatically
controlled, knowledge-based, sensor-equipped man-
ufacturing systems.
Innovation efforts cannot be allowed to focus exclu-
sively on overcoming the technological challenges.
Industrie 4.0 53
5Recommendedactions
Challenges
It is very likely that the nature of work in Industrie 4.0
will place significantly higher demands on all members
of the workforce in terms of managing complexity, ab-
straction and problem-solving. Employees will also be
expected to be able to act much more on their own ini-
tiative and to possess excellent communication skills
and the ability to organise their own work. In short,
greater demands will be placed on employees’ subjec-
tive skills and potential. This will provide opportunities
in terms of qualitative enrichment of their work, a more
interesting working environment, greater autonomy and
more opportunities for self-development.
Nevertheless, the demands of the new, virtual work-
place also present a threat to the maintenance and
safeguarding of human capital. As the degree of tech-
nological integration increases, there is a danger of em-
ployees being required to be more flexible and perform
more demanding tasks, as well as a growing tension
between the virtual world and the world of workers’
own experience. This could result in workers experienc-
ing a loss of control and a sense of alienation from their
work as a result of the progressive dematerialisation
and virtualisation of business and work processes. It is
also possible that “old” and “new” threats could com-
bine to take on a new dimension, resulting in significant
creativity and productivity losses and a tendency for
employees to overwork themselves.
Finally, it is important to consider the impact that the
increasing presence of IT in manufacturing industry
will have on headcount. It is likely that the number of
simple manual tasks will continue to decline. This
could pose a threat to at least some employee groups,
notably semi-skilled workers. Such a scenario would
be unacceptable both for the employees themselves
and from the wider public’s point of view in terms of
the social inclusion dimension. Moreover, it would se-
riously hamper the successful implementation of the
Industrie 4.0 initiative.
A consistent approach to technology and work
organisation
Smart factories provide an opportunity to create a new
workplace culture geared towards the interests of the
workforce. However, this potential will not simply be re-
alised of its own accord. It will be crucial to employ
work organisation and design models that combine a
high degree of individual responsibility and autonomy
with decentralised leadership and management ap-
proaches that allow employees greater freedom to
make their own decisions, be more involved and regu-
late their own workload, whilst at the same time also
enabling flexible working arrangements.
It is possible to use the technology for very different
ends. Systems can be set up to impose restrictive con-
trol over every minute detail of a person’s work, or they
can be configured as an open source of information
that employees use as a basis for taking their own deci-
sions. In other words, the quality of people’s work will
not be determined by the technology or by any techno-
logical constraints but rather by the scientists and man-
agers who model and implement smart factories.
It is therefore necessary to adopt a socio-technical
approach where work organisation, continuing pro-
fessional development measures and technology and
software architectures are developed in close con-
junction with each other to provide a single, consist-
ent solution focused on enabling smart, cooperative
and self-organised interactions between employees
and/or technology operating systems across the en-
tire value chain.
“Better, not cheaper” as an opportunity and
benchmark for industrial change
This socio-technical approach argues that adopting an
even more extreme version of the Taylorist approach to
work organisation based on frequent repetition of highly
standardised and monotonous tasks is hardly the most
promising way to go about implementing the Industrie
4.0 initiative in partnership with employees in a way that
allows new efficiency gains to be achieved. The fact that
smart factories will be configured as highly complex, dy-
namic and flexible systems means that they will need
employees who are empowered to act as decision-mak-
ers and controllers. For this to be possible, they will
need to be supported by customer-oriented job profiles
requiring broad-based training, work organisation mod-
els that promote learning, and comprehensive continu-
ing professional development that fosters autonomous
54 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
work and is designed as an active instrument for pro-
moting systematic staff development and career ad-
vancement. In Industrie 4.0, technological development
goals and work organisation models should be estab-
lished and configured together in accordance with the
specific economic and social circumstances. It will be
necessary to enable more flexible manufacturing whilst
at the same time establishing clear boundaries between
employees’ work and private lives, enabling them to
achieve a realistic work-life balance.
In this context, the innovation strategy being promoted
by the trade unions under the banner of “better, not
cheaper” could point the way towards robust stand-
ards and pathways for creating good and fair jobs and
Recommended actions
• The Industrie 4.0 Platform should continue to study the issue of “People and Work in Industrie 4.0”
through an interdisciplinary expert working group. The working group’s remit should comprise three
main goals:
1. To ascertain and document the impact on work and employment (opportunities and risks) together with
the actions required to achieve employee-oriented labour and training policies
2. To provide guidelines and practical aids for developing and implementing the socio-technical approach,
together with the relevant reference projects
3. To promote innovative approaches to participative work organisation and lifelong learning that embrace
the entire workforce, irrespective of age, gender or qualifications
• The Platform should set up a regular dialogue between the social partners to enable transparent
identification and discussion of the key advances, problems and potential solutions associated with the
implementation of Industrie 4.0.
• The Platform should arrange effective knowledge transfer between stakeholders inside and outside of
companies at both national and international levels. In addition to innovative knowledge management, this
will also require the establishment of broad-based social networks.
a secure future for manufacturing sites and their em-
ployees. The strategy incorporates a labour-oriented
organisational design with enhanced participation
rights, co-determination and training opportunities.
Nonetheless, it is still capable of meeting the demands
of global competitiveness and the need for greater flex-
ibility. The “better, not cheaper”8 strategy targets tech-
nology leadership as the basis for securing the future of
German industry. Consequently, good jobs, technolog-
ical innovation and worker co-determination are not
mutually exclusive in the context of the Industrie 4.0 ini-
tiative. Rather, they form part of a forward-looking ap-
proach to the search for technologically efficient solu-
tions that are also socially sustainable.
Industrie 4.0 55
5Recommendedactions
5.6 Training and continuing professional
development for Industrie 4.0
As described above, the implementation of Industrie
4.0 should result in a labour-oriented socio-technical
factory and labour system. This will in turn pose new
challenges for vocational and academic training and
continuing professional development (CPD). These
challenges include the need to expand provision for
the developers of manufacturing engineering compo-
nents and their users.
It is likely that Industrie 4.0 will significantly transform
job and skills profiles as a result of two trends. Firstly,
traditional manufacturing processes characterised by
a very clear division of labour will now be embedded
in a new organisational and operational structure
where they will be supplemented by decision-taking,
coordination, control and support service functions.
Secondly, it will be necessary to organise and coordi-
nate the interactions between virtual and real ma-
chines, plant control systems and production man-
agement systems.
Effectively, what this means is that the convergence
of ICT, manufacturing and automation technology
and software will result in many tasks now being per-
formed as part of a much broader technological, or-
ganisational and social context.
Industrie 4.0 will also require fundamental changes to
the way IT experts are trained. The ability to identify
application requirements in different industries and
recruit development partners from around the world
will increasingly take precedence over purely techno-
logical expertise. The extremely wide range of poten-
tial applications means that there is a limit to what can
be achieved through standardised training pro-
grammes. It will become more and more important to
engage in a dialogue with manufacturing industry in
order to ensure that the requirements of the digital
economy are reflected in training provision. As such,
training partnerships between businesses and higher
education institutions will be even more important in
the future than they are today. Short basic training
programmes will need to be followed by work place-
ments and advanced study courses. It will be impor-
tant to open up access to science and engineering
studies and place greater emphasis on transferable
skills such as business or project management. It is
businesses and their customers who should drive the
changes made to the academic training of IT experts.
In keeping with the principles underpinning Industrie
4.0, this will also involve close convergence of IT and
production engineering training. The relevant learning
content for Industrie 4.0 will thus need to be identified
and the appropriate didactic and methodological ap-
proaches will need to be developed. It is possible that
in particular some of the creative areas of businesses
such as interdisciplinary product and process develop-
ment could require completely new qualifications.
These would form part of a dual strategy that would
enable companies to respond to the challenges of a
shrinking labour market and high market volatility.
In this context, it will be key to develop professional adult
education provision (teaching methods, career profile).
Skills assessments9 should be used to improve mobil-
ity between vocational and academic education and be-
tween the different training and CPD programmes and
systems, as well as to improve recognition of skills that
are still relevant in the workplace despite not being con-
nected to an employee’s specialist area. There is a grow-
ing need for people to have a grasp of the overall context
and to understand the interactions between all the ac-
tors involved in the manufacturing process. Consequent-
ly, in addition to increased demand for metacognitive
skills, social skills are also gaining in importance owing
to the growing significance of real-life and computer-
based interactions resulting from greater integration of
formerly demarcated departments and disciplines. In
technical terms, much greater emphasis will be placed
on interdisciplinary skills, an area where much work still
remains to be done.
In order to ensure that individuals’ training potential can
be recognised and described transparently, it will be nec-
essary to develop standards for the recognition of non-
formal and informal education. The goal is to teach peo-
ple the principles of a new, holistic organisational model
and ensure that systems are described transparently so
that employees are confident in what they are doing.
56 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
The Academy Cube
The Academy Cube is an initiative that has been launched by German and international industrial enter-
prises together with public institutions in order to address the need for new training formats and content
arising from Industrie 4.0. Current provision specifically targets skilled workers from southern Europe, where
unemployment* rates are particularly high. The Academy Cube provides online information to interested
parties about how they might be able to use their skills and knowledge both in their home country and
abroad.
The Academy Cube offers unemployed graduates in ICT and engineering the opportunity to obtain tar-
geted qualifications and helps put them directly in touch with industrial enterprises. This is achieved via a
cloud-based platform where companies and institutions provide e-learning courses and post specific job
vacancies. The platform helps job seekers to obtain the training they need to apply for specific vacancies,
whilst also issuing them with the corresponding certificates. These certificates, that are based on standard
curricula, ensure that potential employers can be confident about the standard of the training and provide
transparency with regard to its content. The best candidates are automatically directed to the top job vacan-
cies of the participating companies.
The Academy Cube concept was developed during the BMBF- and SAP AG-chaired Working Group 6 on
Education and Research for the Digital Society at the National IT Summit and was officially launched at
CeBIT 2013. Since March 2013, the programme has been offering six full curricula and twelve specific
courses in the area of Industrie 4.0. Learning content includes fields such as automation, big data analysis,
manufacturing and logistics processes and security and data protection.
More information is available at: www.academy-cube.com
* In 2012, unemployment in Spain stood at 27 percent, whilst youth unemployment in Spain and Greece was as high as 52 percent (Source: Eurostat 2012). The European Commission estimates that by
2015 there will already be a shortage of 700,000 ICT professionals in Europe (Source: European Commission News, 20.3.2012); BITKOM calculates that there is an annual shortfall of 9,000 IT graduates in
Germany (Source: BITKOM 2012). 10,100 additional ICT experts are needed in Italy, 18,300 in Poland, 41,800 in Spain and 87,800 in Germany (Source: Eurostat 2012).
Figure 12:
Networking different
actors though the
Academy Cube
1. Graduates/job seekers
find jobs
2. Students
discover new
career paths
3. Employers
find highly-skilled
employees4. Content providers
find new markets for
their training provision
5. Employment agencies
provide candidates
6. Universities
ensure that talented
graduates find work
ontent provide
duates/job se
l t
duates find work
U i iti
Source: Academy Cube 2013
Industrie 4.0 57
5Recommendedactions
Whilst all the different levels of the training system are
affected, special priority should be attached to the ex-
pansion of CPD. In particular, CPD in the workplace
should address the importance of health, physical ac-
tivity and lifestyle in ensuring a lengthy working life.
By organising work in a way that fosters learning and
implementing appropriate training strategies, it should
be possible to achieve a human-centric approach to
manufacturing that takes account of differences in em-
ployees’ education, experience and skills sets in a way
that strengthens the innovative capacity of both indi-
viduals and businesses. The organisation of work in a
way that fosters learning is also a key requirement for
lifelong learning. In view of the rapid technological
changes expected as a result of the introduction of
CPS-based systems, it should therefore also be one of
the goals of the smart factory. The comparative effec-
Recommended actions
The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends the following measures with regard to qualifications, training
and CPD in the context of Industrie 4.0:
1. Promotion of model projects
Projects should incorporate actions that can be used to develop training and CPD strategies. These should
include strategies to promote mobility between vocational and academic training and between different
training and CPD courses and systems as well as to recognise additional skills that employees possess
outside their specific area of expertise.
2. Establishment and promotion of “best practice networks”
In order to guarantee knowledge transfer and sustainability, training and CPD “best practice networks”
should be established by competitive tender. These networks would be charged with developing and
documenting case studies, networking the various actors and supporting knowledge transfer.
3. Investigation of new approaches to knowledge and skills acquisition in the workplace, develop-
ment of digital learning techniques
Digital media and innovative learning technologies (e-learning) will play a prominent role in knowledge
transfer and skills development. In view of technological and demographic change and the fact that different
learners have different requirements, it will be necessary to develop new teaching methods and learning
assistance systems.
4. Promotion of cross-cutting approaches to work organisation
All Industrie 4.0 qualification, training and CPD measures will need to be accompanied by comprehensive
research in the shape of research and implementation partnerships.
tiveness of in-house versus out-of-house learning and
general versus vocational education should be the sub-
ject of further research.
In addition, Industrie 4.0 jobs will be designed to use
technologies such as CPS in order to enhance com-
munication between employees and integrate job sup-
port, learning tasks and physical training in the work-
place into the standard working day at suitable intervals.
This will require employees’ workload to be monitored
on an ongoing basis.
Job design should also take into account the different
roles performed by employees (from unskilled and
skilled workers or employees with advanced vocational
and technical qualifications to staff members with aca-
demic qualifications such as bachelor’s and master’s
degrees or qualified engineers) as well as differences
in their circumstances such as age, education, experi-
ence or cultural background.
58 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
It will be of fundamental importance to investigate issues relating to work organisation, process design,
management and cooperation, together with their impact on the evolution of work and training in Industrie
4.0. This should also include the issue of how older workers can retain their employability against a back-
drop of increased life expectancy. In order to organise work in a way that fosters learning, it will be neces-
sary to develop the appropriate training strategies, analysis methods and management models. Overall, this
will present a number of significant challenges for training and CPD, including the need for comprehensive
continuing professional development provision and changes to at least some parts of the training system.
5. Promotion of Industrie 4.0-specific learning content and interdisciplinary cooperation
It will be necessary to promote interdisciplinary cooperation between all disciplines (e.g. manufacturing
engineering, automation engineering and IT) to deliver a systems engineering approach. This will require the
different disciplines to acquire a mutual understanding of each other’s positions and approaches and to
adopt an integrated view of strategy, business processes and systems. Interdisciplinary research will also be
necessary at the interface between technology and the law. Legal experts should be involved from the early
stages of the R&D process. By the same token, engineers will increasingly need to acquire a basic under-
standing of the legal issues so that they can engage in a full dialogue with their legal counterparts.
6. IT-based modelling of technological systems
This includes modelling of the interaction between the real and digital worlds, including the appropriate formal
descriptions, as well as methodological aspects such as modelled mechatronic engineering or contemplating
the development of adaptations to existing systems (delta engineering) as opposed to developing completely
new systems from scratch.
issues. Two things are required to reconcile regulation
and technology: the formulation of criteria to ensure
that the new technologies comply with the law and de-
velopment of the regulatory framework in a way that
facilitates innovation. In the context of Industrie 4.0, it
will often be possible to achieve this through common
law contracts. Both factors require the regulatory anal-
ysis of new technologies to begin as early as possible
during the R&D phase rather than being left until they
are already in use.
Challenges
1. Protecting corporate data
As the Internet of Things becomes established in
smart factories, both the volume and the level of detail
of the corporate data generated will increase. Moreo-
ver, business models will no longer involve just one
company, but will instead comprise highly dynamic
networks of companies and completely new value
5.7 Regulatory framework
Just like any other fundamental technological innova-
tion, the new manufacturing processes associated with
Industrie 4.0 will find themselves confronted with the
existing regulatory framework, a situation that raises
two interconnected challenges. On the one hand, un-
certainty regarding the legality of a new technology or
the associated liability and data protection issues could
inhibit its acceptance and slow down the innovation
process. Conversely, the de facto power of new tech-
nologies and business models can be so great that it
becomes almost impossible to enforce existing legisla-
tion. Consequently, short technological innovation cy-
cles and the disruptive nature of new technologies can
result in the danger of a chronic “enforcement deficit”
whereby current regulation fails to keep pace with tech-
nological change.
While Industrie 4.0 does not, on the whole, tread com-
pletely uncharted regulatory territory, it does signifi-
cantly increase the complexity of the relevant regulatory
Industrie 4.0 59
5Recommendedactions
chains, as demonstrated by the RAN Project10, for ex-
ample. Data will be generated and transmitted auton-
omously by smart machines and these data will inevi-
tably cross company boundaries. A number of specific
dangers are associated with this new context – for
example, data that were initially generated and ex-
changed in order to coordinate manufacturing and lo-
gistics activities between different companies could, if
read in conjunction with other data, suddenly provide
third parties with highly sensitive information about
one of the partner companies that might, for example,
give them an insight into its business strategies. New
instruments will be required if companies wish to pur-
sue the conventional strategy of keeping such knowl-
edge secret in order to protect their competitive ad-
vantage. New, regulated business models will also be
necessary – the raw data that are generated may con-
tain information that is valuable to third parties and
companies may therefore wish to make a charge for
sharing them. Innovative business models like this will
also require legal safeguards (predominantly in the
shape of contracts) in order to ensure that the value-
added created is shared out fairly, e.g. through the
use of dynamic pricing models.
Current regulation of the protection of corporate data
only addresses some aspects of these dangers and
generally requires the data to be classified as business
or trade secrets. Furthermore, it usually only applies to
cases of illegal disclosure. As a rule, confidential infor-
mation that has been acquired legally, e.g. with the per-
mission of its owner, may subsequently be used for
other purposes. However, self-regulation such as confi-
dentiality agreements should make it possible to close
these legal loopholes. Contract law offers a means of
achieving highly specific regulation of a variety of differ-
ent scenarios. This will require the sensitivity of the data
and the degree of protection needed to be determined
on a case-by-case basis – under certain circumstanc-
es, individual data protection law principles could pro-
vide a model in this regard.
However, contracts do have their limitations when it
comes to managing large volumes of voluntary legal ar-
rangements, since a disproportionately large amount of
work is involved in calculating the risks and negotiating
separate contracts for each individual case. It is there-
fore necessary to develop new contractual models that
allow businesses to retain sovereignty over “their” data
whilst still facilitating entrepreneurial flexibility.
2. Liability
When sensitive data are exchanged between different
companies, there is a risk that they may be used and/or
disclosed illicitly, or that they may be hacked by third
parties if, for example, the recipient fails to implement
adequate IT security measures. One solution to this
problem is provided by a type of contractual clause al-
ready in widespread use that sets out the requisite
technical and organisational arrangements and any ad-
ditional measures (e.g. the duty to provide notification
of any security problems or breaches) and stipulates
penalties in the event of non-compliance. However, in
Industrie 4.0 manufacturing facilities are responsible
for a wider range of matters than in the past. They may
now be subject to a liability action not only if they fail to
meet their primary responsibilities (in terms of the prod-
uct’s durability, correct operation and appearance), but
also for failings in their role as part of a network of smart
objects.
In these scenarios, the issue of liability and responsibil-
ity becomes even more important – when autonomous
systems are deployed in networks, a lack of structural
transparency could make it almost impossible to explic-
itly determine who performed a particular action, result-
ing in uncertainty with regard to legal liability. It is true
that businesses employing manufacturing systems that
use autonomous data processing are legally liable for
the security of their manufacturing facilities and prod-
ucts vis-à-vis third parties. Current tort and product lia-
bility law already provides adequate solutions in this
area. However, if the other partners in a network wish to
avoid being held jointly liable, or if they want at least to
have recourse against the other partners, then it is es-
sential for their responsibilities to be contractually stip-
ulated from the outset and/or for actions to be clearly
attributed to the owners of the respective systems. This
also has implications for the insurability of residual risk
and the way that the insurance industry calculates the
relevant premiums.
Correct attribution of liability will be facilitated by the pro-
vision of precise documentary evidence concerning the
60 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
different manufacturing steps and system statuses (al-
though highly detailed protocol data relating to specific
individuals could cause data protection law problems).
Consequently, technology-based documentation proce-
dures such as personal or device-based digital signa-
tures will play a far more important role in Industrie 4.0.
3. Handling personal data
As the interaction between employees and CPS in-
creases, so will the volume and level of detail of the
personal data held for individual employees. This is es-
pecially true of assistance systems that record informa-
tion about an employee’s location, their vital signs or
the quality of their work. This issue could pose a threat
to employees’ right to informational self-determination.
Scenarios with an international dimension are particu-
larly problematic in this regard. German data protection
law places strict restrictions on the outsourcing of the
analysis of data captured in smart factories to compa-
nies located outside the European Union (EU) or Euro-
pean Economic Area (EEA) (including companies be-
longing to the same group) or the disclosure outside
Europe of corporate data containing personal informa-
tion about employees. This restriction is particularly ap-
plicable if data protection standards in the country re-
ceiving the data are lower than those found in Europe.
This could result in problematic constraints for globally
networked value chains.
Current regulation fails to adequately address these
problems. Outsourced data processing models are al-
ready encountering difficulties (e.g. in the realm of
cloud computing), since local data protection stand-
ards are generally not applicable in countries outside of
Europe, meaning that in practice it is impossible for cli-
ent companies to comply with their data protection re-
sponsibilities.
Businesses therefore have a growing need for a legally
unambiguous and practical solution for handling per-
sonal data. It may be possible, up to a point, to achieve
this through in-house binding corporate rules, collec-
tive agreements and company agreements, although it
would be important to ensure that these did not under
any circumstances undercut existing data protection
standards. In any event, these instruments would need
to be adapted to take account of the specific charac-
teristics of Industrie 4.0.
The data protection law requirements for custom prod-
uct features will depend on the product and application
in question. One issue that is especially relevant to In-
dustrie 4.0, for example, is the incorporation of data pro-
cessing components into the end product. Whilst these
components may initially be used during the manufac-
turing process, they may eventually come into the pos-
session of end customers who use them for purposes
for which they were not originally intended. In order to
prevent this from happening and restrict the kind of data
processing that the built-in components can be used
for, their capabilities should be confined to what is
strictly necessary as defined by data protection law.
4. Trade restrictions
As more and more complex systems are deployed in
Industrie 4.0, it becomes increasingly likely that indi-
vidual components may be subject to national and in-
ternational trade restrictions. Encryption technologies
are both necessary and desired by customers in order
to ensure the confidentiality and integrity of CPS com-
munication. However, in many emerging markets, such
as China, the use, sale, importing and exporting of en-
cryption products are only permitted under licence. In
the EU, on the other hand, shipment of encryption
technologies is allowed within Europe and to certain
other countries such as Japan, Canada and the US,
but they are classed as dual use goods11 and subject
to export restrictions for many other destinations.
Even today, companies wishing to have a global pres-
ence in tomorrow’s key markets are to some extent
already finding themselves forced to operate in legal
grey areas if cryptographic components are built into
larger manufacturing facilities. This legal uncertainty
will only increase in Industrie 4.0 and could become a
significant barrier to trade.
Industrie 4.0 61
5Recommendedactions
Recommended actions
The regulatory challenges described above are not trivial and it will be essential to find solutions to them if the
Industrie 4.0 initiative is to succeed. For the most part, these “solutions” will not entail legislation, but will in-
stead require a mix of instruments comprising regulatory, technical and policy elements. Moreover, it will be
important to raise awareness of the problems outlined above among SMEs by engaging professional associa-
tions and government ministries to act as multipliers.
One aspect that will be especially important for SMEs is the development of practical guidelines, checklists
and model contract clauses. New contract models need to guarantee protection of business and trade secrets
on the one hand, whilst also ensuring that any value-added generated through the new business models is
shared out fairly. It will therefore be necessary to define the roles of the various partners as precisely as pos-
sible (including new roles such as different types of information broker).
As far as liability is concerned, the support provided should focus on data security and the requirement to
provide documentary evidence, particularly at critical points where items are handed over from one partner to
another. As for employee data protection, best practice models containing sample company agreements
should be developed in order to ensure that the requirements of Industrie 4.0 do not encroach upon employ-
ees’ data protection rights. With regard to the secure and confidential handling of sensitive corporate data
belonging to third parties, it would be desirable to engage in efforts to promote self-regulation through meas-
ures such as audits or certification of compliance with IT security standards. Nonetheless, it will still be neces-
sary to legislate on certain issues. These include outsourcing of data processing activities, although it is at EU
level that the need for legislation in this area currently exists.
There is also an urgent need for harmonisation in the field of trade restrictions, especially with regard to en-
cryption products. In order to ensure that Germany can successfully sustain a position as a leading supplier
for Industrie 4.0, efforts should be undertaken in the medium to long term to promote common international
regulations, for example through the World Trade Organization.
In more general terms, the challenges posed by Industrie 4.0 in the areas where technology comes into
contact with regulation will require interdisciplinary research. It will be important to ensure that legal experts
are involved right from the earliest stages of the R&D process. By the same token, engineers will increas-
ingly need to acquire a basic understanding of the legal issues so that they can engage in a full dialogue
with their legal counterparts. A partnership along these lines between engineers and legal experts could
provide Germany with a genuine competitive advantage in the Industrie 4.0 market. As such, it will be nec-
essary for the Industrie 4.0 Platform to ensure that legal experts are involved in the various working groups
from an early stage.
62 Industrie 4.0
5Recommendedactions
5.8 Resource efficiency
The nature of manufacturing industry means that it is by
far the largest consumer of raw materials in industrialised
nations. Together with the private sector, it is also the
principal consumer of primary energy and electricity. In
addition to the high costs involved, this situation entails
risks to the environment and security of supply which
need to be minimised by regulation. Consequently, in-
dustry is undertaking major efforts to reduce its con-
sumption of energy and resources or find alternative
sources. However, these efforts will need to be sus-
tained over many years if they are to have any chance of
succeeding. Ultimately, this will involve changes in manu-
facturing processes and the design of machinery and
plant, since these are the only areas where material and
energy consumption can really be influenced.
The starting point is the amount of resources that are
used by manufacturing companies, both within the com-
pany itself and throughout the rest of the value network.
It is possible to draw a distinction between three catego-
ries of resources and how they are used:
1. Raw materials, additives, operating supplies and all
the different kinds of energy carriers, including con-
version from one type of energy into another
2. Human resources, i.e. human labour
3. Financial resources, i.e. the necessary investment
and operating costs
In terms of how these resources are used, it is possible
to focus on maximising the output achieved with a given
quantity of resources, or on using the lowest possible
quantity of resources to achieve a given output. In the
first scenario, the emphasis is on calculating resource
productivity, whilst in the second scenario the focus is
on calculating resource efficiency. A range of metrics
are now available to perform these measurements (Life
Cycle Assessments, carbon footprinting12, etc).
Challenges
In general terms, Industrie 4.0 will need to investigate
and implement ways of reducing the resources con-
sumed during industrial manufacturing processes as a
whole and by the machinery and equipment used dur-
ing production. The outcomes of the joint Federal Min-
istry of Education and Research (BMBF) and German
Engineering Federation (VDMA) “Efficiency Factory”
(Effizienzfabrik)13 initiative could serve as a model in
this regard. When implementing efficient manufactur-
ing processes it is important to consider not only basic
functions but also the stability of the processes under
dynamic conditions, such as frequent stopping and
starting and prevention of faulty products (which are a
waste of materials and energy).
It is therefore necessary to consider productivity in
terms of preventing unstable processes that result in
quality issues which in turn require the product to be
repaired or completely remade. Availability also needs
to be considered. Manufacturing equipment can break
down (so it is important to build in redundancies to
minimise the risk of failure), resources may not be read-
ily available when needed and inventory levels may not
be in line with requirements (semi-finished and finished
goods).
One of the key challenges for Industrie 4.0 will be to
demonstrate that the additional resources invested in
the deployment of CPS and the associated infrastruc-
ture can generate sufficient opportunities to deliver re-
source productivity and efficiency gains based on the
total amount of resources used during engineering,
manufacturing, production control, intralogistics, pro-
curement and distribution logistics.
Industrie 4.0 provides the opportunity to optimise deliv-
ery of the overarching goals of resource productivity
and efficiency on a case-by-case basis.
Industrie 4.0 63
5Recommendedactions
1 Models can address a very wide variety of real or hypothetical scenarios, for example technological
systems such as products, manufacturing resources or entire manufacturing systems, living things, e.g.
human behaviour or biological interactions, physical or chemical interactions and effects or organisations,
e.g. organisational structures and business processes or flows.
2 Avionics (a term derived from the words “aviation” – from the Latin avis, or bird – and “electronics”)
refers to all the electrical and electronic equipment on board an aircraft.
3 The following quotation is taken from: Arbeitsgruppe 2 des Nationalen IT Gipfels (Ed.): Digitale Infrastruk-
turen. Jahrbuch 2011/2012, 2012, pp. 176-177.
4 Examples of these regulations include the European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EG and its German
transposition in the shape of the Ninth Regulation of the Equipment and Product Safety Act, 9. ProdSV.
5 The first programmable logic controller (Modicon 084) was deployed in manufacturing in 1969, see
Chapter 1.
6 BSI Cyber-Security Analyses, BSI-A-CS 004, Version 1.00, 12.4.2012.
7 According to the latest survey carried out by the German Engineering Federation (VDMA), Germany’s
machinery and plant manufacturing sector lost just under 8 billion euros worth of sales to piracy in 2011,
a rise of 24 percent since the last survey two years ago. If the money lost in this way could be recuper-
ated, it would be enough to pay for 37,000 jobs in the industry. Almost two thirds of the companies that
participated in the survey are now affected by product piracy, rising to 93% for companies with more
than 1,000 employees which are generally the companies that are most active internationally (see VDMA:
Studie der Arbeitsgemeinschaft Produkt- und Know-how-Schutz, Produktpiraterie 2012, November 2012).
8 See Tanja Fondel/Jochen Schroth: Innovationsführerschaft durch Mitbestimmung? In: Martin Allespach/
Astrid Ziegler (Ed.): Zukunft des Industriestandortes Deutschland 2020, Marburg, 2012, pp. 174-192.
9 The German Qualifications Framework (DQR) establishes eight skill levels based on the complexity of
the task and domain and the extent to which independent decision-taking is involved. According to the
industry’s professional associations and trade union, “skills” are defined as “the individual ability to
act independently in current and future open-ended and complex situations”, in: BITKOM, Gesamtmet-
all, VDMA, ZVEI (Ed.): Die Anforderungen des Beschäftigungssystems. Ein Beitrag zur Gestaltung des
Deutschen Qualifikationsrahmens, 2007, p. 10.
10 The RAN (RFID-Based Automotive Network) project is one of 14 projects under the auspices of the
Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology’s “AUTONOMICS: Autonomous, simulation-based systems
for small and medium-sized enterprises” technology programme. RAN aims to deliver transparent and
optimal process control in the automotive industry. The project is investigating new approaches and
methods for cost-effective inter-company management of order fulfilment processes. Workstream 3 is
developing a standardised IT infrastructure (“information broker”) enabling auto ID data to be exchanged
between different companies so that they can be used to improve business processes. More information
is available at: www.autoran.de.
11 The term “dual use goods” is used, particularly in the field of export control, to describe goods that
may be used for more than one purpose (e.g. machines, software or technologies). Although these
goods may have been produced primarily for civilian applications, their properties (e.g. the materials
they contain or their performance specifications) mean that they can also be used for military purposes.
12 Life Cycle Assessments (LCAs) involve a comprehensive analysis of a product’s total impact on the
environment (including anything extracted from the environment for their manufacture, such as ores or
crude oil, and any substances released into the environment, such as waste or CO2 emissions) through-
out the course of its entire life cycle, including its manufacture, use and subsequent disposal, as well
as the associated upstream and downstream processes (e.g. production of the relevant raw materials,
additives and fuels; see also ISO standards 14040 and 14044). LCAs can be used during the product
planning and design phases in order to ensure that the product is designed to be sustainable, as well
as to help formulate product declarations during the marketing phase and for re-design purposes. A
product’s carbon footprint refers to its total greenhouse gas emissions throughout its entire life cycle. In
other words, this indicator narrows the scope of LCAs down to a product’s impact on climate change.
13 The joint BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research) and VDMA (German Engineering Federa-
tion) “Efficiency Factory” innovation platform disseminates the research findings of the 31 projects
grouped together under the BMBF funding priority “Resource Efficiency in Manufacturing”. The platform
focuses on analysing trends across the different individual projects in order to enable the development
of integrated solutions for resource-efficient manufacturing that can subsequently be made available to
interested companies. More information is available online at: www.effizienzfabrik.de.
Recommended actions
The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends that a Working Group should be established through the In-
dustrie 4.0 Platform to deal exclusively with the topic of resource productivity and efficiency. The Working
Group’s remit should include the following tasks:
• Adoption and development of the outcomes of the BMBF/VDMA “Efficiency Factory” initiative.
• Demonstration of resource savings in terms of enhanced resource productivity and efficiency in the
manufacturing environment based on the avoidance of substitution processes resulting from productivity
or availability issues.
• Calculation and assessment of trade-offs between the additional resources required to deploy CPS and
their associated infrastructure and the potential savings generated. This should also be done for the
different categories of resources when it comes to taking decisions on modernising production lines or
building new ones and the type of automation equipment required. These assessments should take
account of the industry or sector in question and whether the value network is regional or global in scope.
• It will be necessary to take account of the various metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) that are
being used to assess resource productivity and efficiency and eco-friendliness in current projects and
initiatives. The development of decision-supporting KPIs such as the Green Production Index should also
be taken into account, together with the basic data required to take transparent, resource-oriented
investment decisions, particularly in the area of industrial automation.
64 Industrie 4.0
Today’s automotive industry is characterised by static
production lines (with predefined sequences) which
are hard to reconfigure to make new product variants.
Software-supported Manufacturing Execution Systems
(MES) are normally designed with narrowly defined
functionality based on the production line’s hardware
and are therefore equally static.
The nature of employees’ work is also determined by
the production line’s functionality and is thus usually
very monotonous. Individuality is not encouraged.
As a result, it is not possible to incorporate individual
customer requests to include an element from another
product group made by the same company, for exam-
ple to fit a Volkswagen with Porsche seats.
Industrie 4.0 results in the emergence of dynamic pro-
duction lines. Vehicles become smart products that
move autonomously through the assembly shop from
one CPS-enabled processing module to another. The
dynamic reconfiguration of production lines makes it
possible to mix and match the equipment with which
vehicles are fitted; furthermore, individual variations
(e.g. fitting a seat from another vehicle series) can be
implemented at any time in response to logistical is-
sues (such as bottlenecks) without being constrained
by centrally prescribed timings. It is simple to execute
this type of reconfiguration and the cars move autono-
mously to the relevant workstation. The Manufacturing
Execution System IT solution now constitutes a central
component from start to finish – from design through to
assembly and operation.
Workstation 1 Workstation 2 Workstation 3 Workstation 4
Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013
Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013
Workstation A Workstation T
Workstation X Workstation H
Workstation F Workstation K
Workstation O
Rigidly sequenced car manufacture
on a production line
Decoupled, fully flexible and highly
integrated manufacturing systems
The dynamic value chains of Industrie 4.0 enable customer- and product-specific coordination of design, configu-
ration, ordering, planning, production and logistics. This also provides the opportunity to incorporate last-minute
requests for changes immediately prior to or even during production.
Workstation 1 Workstation 2 Workstation 3 Workstation 4
Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013
Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013
Workstation A Workstation T
Workstation X Workstation H
Workstation F Workstation K
Workstation O
Rigidly sequenced car manufacture
on a production line
Decoupled, fully flexible and highly
integrated manufacturing systems
Tomorrow
Today
POTENTIAL BENEFITS
The first apps, MOS solutions and shared IT platforms as described above will start to appear relatively soon, i.e.
within the next few months. However, it will be some years before we see end-to-end, CPS-enabled dynamic production
lines. Nonetheless, implementations focused on specific parts of the manufacturing process can be expected to occur
somewhat earlier.
EXAMPLE APPLICATION 3: Supporting custom manufacturing:
how an individual customer’s requirements can be met
Remote Service is enabled by the establishment of
individual communication solutions between the ma-
chine supplier and the user. The technician generally
connects to the machine directly via a modem. Since
the advent of the Internet, VPN connections (Virtual
Private Networks) have also gained in popularity,
since they allow secure access to the customer’s cor-
porate network. The goal of this approach is to re-
motely diagnose and control the machine in order to
reduce the duration of unscheduled stoppages and
downtime.
The configuration and administration of the communication links involves a significant amount of management
work, since the conditions of use need to be agreed separately with each customer. Moreover, this approach can
currently only be used to provide reactive services, i.e. to carry out maintenance after an incident has occurred.
In Industrie 4.0, technicians will no longer manually con-
nect to the machine they are servicing. Manufacturing
systems will operate as “social machines” – in networks
that are similar to social networks – and will automati-
cally connect to cloud-based telepresence platforms in
order to search for the appropriate experts to deal with
the situation in question. The experts will then be able to
use integrated knowledge platforms, videoconferencing
tools and enhanced engineering methods to perform tra-
ditional remote maintenance services more efficiently via
mobile devices. Moreover, machines will continuously enhance and expand their own capabilities as the situation
requires by automatically updating or loading the relevant functions and data via standardised, secure communica-
tion links with the telepresence platforms.
By shifting complex computational tasks (e.g. simulations and projections) away from the machines to the portals it
will be possible to employ huge amounts of processing power to ensure that they are performed in the shortest pos-
sible time, thus delivering additional productivity gains.
Source: Trumpf 2013
Remote Service
Source: Trumpf 2013
Telepresence
platform
Remote Service is an instrument that manufacturers have been using for several years in order to provide custom-
ers with fast and efficient support by remotely accessing and controlling machines. Increased networking of
manufacturing systems opens up new potential to deliver additional productivity gains.
Source: Trumpf 2013
Remote Service
Source: Trumpf 2013
Telepresence
platform
Tomorrow
Today
POTENTIAL BENEFITS
The first cloud-based telepresence portals that have recently become available hint at what may be possible in the fu-
ture. Rapid development of these portals will open up new horizons, revolutionising manufacturing systems over the
next few years.
EXAMPLE APPLICATION 4: Telepresence
6 How does Germany
compare with the rest
of the world?
Industrie 4.0 67
6Internationalcomparison
Germany is not the only country to have identified the
trend towards using the Internet of Things in manufactur-
ing (Industrial Internet1) and its disruptive impact on in-
dustrial processes as strategic challenges for manufac-
turing industry going forward. However, a variety of
different terms are used around the world to describe
the phenomenon of Industrie 4.0. Especially in the Eng-
lish-speaking world and at EU level, it is customary to
refer to the Internet of Things and the trend towards
digitalisation in terms of a third Industrial Revolution. This
number is arrived at either by including the second In-
dustrial Revolution (the establishment of mechanical
mass production) as part of the first,2 or not counting the
third transformation of industry resulting from the auto-
mation of manufacturing processes as a genuine revolu-
tion in its own right.3,4
The terms “Smart Production”, “Smart Manufacturing”
or “Smart Factory” are used in Europe, China and the
US5 to refer specifically to digital networking of produc-
tion to create smart manufacturing systems, whereas
the equally fashionable term “Advanced Manufactur-
ing” embraces a broader spectrum of modernisation
trends in the manufacturing environment.6
As far as the global markets for machinery and plant
manufacturing, electrical engineering, automation and
ICT are concerned, the examples of selected countries
serve to illustrate different policy responses to these
trends.
International market trends
Following a period of spectacular growth between
2004 and 2008, when output rose by approximately
38 percent, the global financial crisis triggered a dra-
matic slump in orders and production among Germa-
ny’s machinery and plant manufacturers. However,
business started to pick up again as early as the middle
of 2009 as companies strove to make up the ground
lost during the crisis. Demand has now returned to nor-
mal, with two percent growth forecast for 2013.
in billions of euros
Source: VDMA, Stand November 2012
Russia
EU (27)
Germany
China
USA
Figure 13:
Mechanical engineering
industry sales in selected
countries*
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011
* Mechanical engineering industry not including services such as installation, repair and maintenance;
as far as possible, the sales figures include all the companies that manufacture in the respective countries
6 How does Germany compare with the rest of the world?
68 Industrie 4.0
6Internationalcomparison
According to a recent survey by the German Engineer-
ing Federation (VDMA), the majority of German me-
chanical engineering firms still see themselves as
among the world’s leaders and regard their main com-
petitors as domestic ones, followed only distantly by
competitors from the US and Italy. Global sales in the
mechanical engineering sector came to around 2.1 tril-
lion euros in 2011. A glance at the position of the me-
chanical engineering industry in selected countries re-
veals an extremely heterogeneous picture. (see also
Fig. 13).
Since 2002, large-scale transfers of production to
other parts of the world have resulted in a sharp in-
crease in the US mechanical engineering sector’s de-
pendency on imports. The number of people employed
in the industry fell by 25 percent between 2002 and
2010.8 However, there have been some signs of a
gradual recovery since 2010, with rises in both do-
mestic and export demand. The press in the US has
been quick to seize on terms such as “reshoring”9 and
“insourcing boom”10 to describe what it already per-
ceives as a fundamental sea change.
China is also devoting a huge amount of effort to catch-
ing up with other countries in terms of its mechanical
engineering technology and strengthening its market po-
sition. Over the past five years, it has risen to become the
world’s largest machinery manufacturer, with sales of
563 billion euros in 2011. At the same time, China has
also redoubled its efforts on the exports front. In 2011,
the Chinese investment goods industry exported goods
worth 87.7 billion euros, an increase of more than 20
percent compared to the previous year. It thus leapt for-
ward to become the world’s fourth largest exporter of
machinery, with a 10.2 percent share of the market.
There has been a pronounced rise in Russia’s demand
for machinery and plant since 2010. Russia, which is
the official partner country of this year’s Hannover
trade fair, is already the fourth largest export market
» During the course of our
work together it has become
apparent that Germany pos-
sesses all the necessary
competencies in the fields of
manufacturing technology
and mechanical engineering
to continue to enjoy global
success in tomorrow’s world
of the Internet of Things and
Services «
Dr. Siegfried Dais
Robert Bosch GmbH
Co-Chair of the Industrie 4.0 Working Group
Industrie 4.0 69
6Internationalcomparison
for German mechanical engineering firms, behind Chi-
na, the US and France. Germany is also Russia’s
number one machinery supplier, with a 22.6 percent
market share. The Russian government is forecasting
continued growth of the Russian market over the next
few years and is supporting this growth through a
funding programme worth billions of euros. In the
longer term, there is significant potential for German
machinery and plant manufacturers to export Industrie
4.0 products to Russia.
In 2011, the global electrical engineering market was
worth 3,414 billion euros. At 116 billion euros, the Ger-
man electrical engineering market is the fifth largest
in the world, after China (1,119 billion euros), the US
(486 billion euros), Japan (284 billion euros) and South
Korea (155 billion euros). In recent years, the growth of
the global electrical engineering market has largely
been due to newly-industrialised countries whose total
market volume of 1.7 trillion euros reached the same
level as that of the industrialised nations for the first time
in 2011. It is expected that growth will remain signifi-
cantly higher in the newly-industrialised countries than
in the industrialised nations during 2012 and 2013.
The global automation market recently reached 350
billion euros, meaning that it now accounts for more
than one tenth of the global electrical engineering mar-
ket. In the past few years, China has risen to become
the single largest regional market. Its market is current-
ly worth 100 billion euros, giving it a 29 percent share
of the global market and meaning that it has now over-
taken Europe, where the market is worth just 93 billion
euros. Trailing some way behind these two markets are
the US (12 percent or 40 billion euros) and Japan (8
percent or 26 billion euros). At 21 billion euros (6 per-
cent), Germany is the world’s fourth largest market.
China’s lead is even greater when it comes to automa-
tion product manufacturing. China accounts for 30
percent of global production, or 103 billion euros out of
a total of 350 billion euros. The US and Japan are more
or less tied for second place with roughly eleven per-
cent each, closely followed by Germany, with ten per-
cent. However, Germany is the world’s largest exporter
of automation products and systems (29 billion euros),
followed by China (27 billion euros) and the US (21
billion euros).
The global turnover of the ICT industry is forecast to
rise by 4.6 percent this year to 2.69 trillion euros. At 5.2
and 4.2 percent respectively, the two key segments of
information technology and telecommunications are
both experiencing strong growth. However, there are
significant disparities in market trends across different
regions. Whilst the industry is booming in newly-indus-
trialised countries, throughout most of Western Europe
it is either flat or in decline. Between them, China, India
and Russia already account for one seventh (14 per-
cent) of global ICT demand this year. The Chinese mar-
ket alone is forecast to grow by 6.6 percent to 235
billion euros in 2013, overtaking Japan (221 billion eu-
ros) as the world’s second largest ICT market. The US
market remains the undisputed leader in terms of de-
mand for ICT. The latest figures put its total value at
725 billion euros, an increase of 5.8 percent. Growth in
western Europe has been more sluggish than in the
rest of the world. In 2013, ICT sales are expected to
rise by a modest 1.3 percent to 625 billion euros. The
German information technology market, on the other
hand, is forecast to grow by 3.0 percent in 2013 to 75
billion euros. Germany’s software market is also set to
experience strong growth, rising by 5.1 percent to 17.8
billion euros. The market for IT services such as out-
sourcing and maintenance is forecast to grow by 3.0
percent to 35.9 billion euros, whilst the hardware mar-
ket is expected to return a modest growth figure of 1.2
percent.
With SAP, Software AG and Telekom, together with
major subsidiaries of US (e.g. IBM and HP) and Asian
companies, Germany has a globally significant level of
IT competencies clustered closely together. This pro-
vides a new opportunity for Germany to take a leading
role in Industrie 4.0.
Industrial policy funding initiatives in selected countries
Other countries are also supporting the modernisation
of manufacturing industry through funding programmes
and research initiatives. However, the available informa-
tion suggests that in the US and China, for example,
the transformation envisaged by the Industrie 4.0 initia-
tive is regarded as no more than one trend among
many, for example the introduction of new materials
and technologies.11
70 Industrie 4.0
6Internationalcomparison
US
The US administration has once again started to attach
greater priority to the mechanical engineering sec-
tor.12 It is now seeking to pursue an active industrial
policy in order to create jobs and encourage reshoring
of manufacturing to the US. In the summer of 2011,
President Obama launched the Advanced Manufactur-
ing Partnership (AMP), a private-sector led body that
brings together representatives of the research, busi-
ness and political communities to chart a “course for
investing and furthering the development of the emerg-
ing technologies”. The AMP Steering Committee is
made up of the Presidents of the top engineering uni-
versities (MIT, UC Berkeley, Stanford, CMU, Michigan
and GIT) and the CEOs of leading US enterprises (in-
cluding Caterpillar, Corning, Dow Chemical, Ford, Hon-
eywell, Intel, Johnson & Johnson, Northrop Grumman,
Procter & Gamble and United Technologies).
In July 2012, the AMP submitted a report detailing 16
recommendations13 which include the establishment of a
National Network of Manufacturing Innovation Institutes
(NNMII). These institutes, which take the form of Public-
Private Partnerships, are intended to act as “regional
hubs for manufacturing excellence” in order to improve
the global competitiveness of US businesses and in-
crease investment in US manufacturing facilities. 14
In addition, the Obama administration is making more
R&D funding available for manufacturing research. In
the 2013 budget, the funding earmarked for advanced
manufacturing is being increased by 19 percent to 2.2
billion dollars. On top of this, the National Institute of
Standards and Technology (NIST), which is the body
responsible for standardisation, has been allocated
100 million dollars of funding to provide technical sup-
port to domestic manufacturing industry through the
provision of research facilities and know-how. NIST is
also responsible for the Advanced Manufacturing Por-
tal15 which was set up at the AMP’s recommendation
and is intended to facilitate networking between gov-
ernment, university and private initiatives in this field.
Finally, the US administration’s Jobs and Innovation Ac-
celerator Challenge initiative is investing 20 million dol-
lars in a further ten Public-Private Partnerships in the
field of advanced manufacturing.
CPS and the Internet of Things (IOT) have already
been benefiting from public funding in the US for sev-
eral years. Indeed, Cyber-Physical Systems were iden-
tified as a key research area by the National Science
Foundation (NSF) as long ago as 2006. However, very
little is actually being done with regard to the specific
use of CPS in manufacturing.16 The Networking and In-
formation Technology Research and Development (NI-
TRD) Programme brings together 18 research agen-
cies in order to coordinate research in different IT
domains including Human-Computer Interaction and
Information Management. In 2011, the NITRD had a
budget of over 3 billion dollars at its disposal.
China
China is also striving to expand its mechanical engi-
neering industry. The 12th
Five-Year Plan (2011-2015)
sets out the aim of reducing dependency on foreign
technology and pursuing global technology leadership
in seven “strategic industries” including High-End
Equipment Manufacturing and a New-Generation Infor-
mation Technology17. China’s leaders are making a total
of 1.2 trillion euros available for this goal up to 2015
and are stimulating supply and demand through subsi-
dies, tax breaks and other financial incentives. They
also intend to increase R&D investment as a proportion
of GDP from 1.5 to 2 percent by 2015.18 In the ma-
chine tools sector, one of the priorities is the develop-
ment of “intelligent manufacturing equipment”, “intelli-
gent control systems” and “high-class numerically
controlled machines”, whilst the priorities in the area of
IT include the Internet of Things and its applications,
including “industrial control and automation”.
Since 2010, the priority attached by Beijing to the In-
ternet of Things has grown significantly.19 China has
held an annual Internet of Things Conference since
2010 and China’s first IoT Center was opened during
the first of these conferences. This research centre has
received 117 million US dollars worth of funding to in-
vestigate basic IoT technologies and the associated
standardisation requirements. In addition, the School of
Software at Dalian University of Technology established
Industrie 4.0 71
6Internationalcomparison
a research group as long ago as 2009 with a remit that
includes the investigation of CPS applications in auto-
mation engineering. 20 China has also established an
“IoT innovation zone” in the city of Wuxi in Jiangsu Prov-
ince with 300 companies employing more than 70,000
people. China’s leaders are planning to invest a total of
800 million US dollars in the IoT industry between now
and 2015.21
EU
At EU level, research into the Internet of Things is cur-
rently benefiting from increased support through the
Seventh Framework Programme for Research (2007-
2013). The largest budgetary allocation of in excess of
9 billion euros is earmarked for the ICT funding priority.
Within the programme, there are a variety of cross-bor-
der initiatives geared towards implementing the Inter-
net of Things in manufacturing industry. The Sie-
mens-led “IoT@Work” project has been given a budget
of 5.8 million euros to develop the Plug&Work concept
in a practical setting. Meanwhile, a total of 2.4 billion
euros has been invested in the ARTEMIS technology
platform to promote R&D projects in eight sub-pro-
grammes that include both “Manufacturing and Pro-
duction Automation” and CPS.22 In addition, 1.2 billion
euros have been awarded to the Public-Private Partner-
ship initiative “Factories of the Future” which launches
annual calls for proposals for projects in the area of
smart, ICT-driven manufacturing. Under the auspices of
this initiative, the SAP-led project “ActionPlanT” recent-
ly submitted its “Vision for Manufacturing 2.0”, that is
intended to serve as a discussion document for future
research funding initiatives under the Eighth Frame-
work Programme for Research – “Horizon 2020”
(2014-2020). Horizon 2020’s proposed budget of 80
billion euros will make it the world’s largest R&D fund-
ing programme.23
India
Innovation funding is one of the core priorities of In-
dia’s Five-Year Plan (2012-2017) which provides for an
increase in public and private R&D investment to two
percent of GDP.24 In 2011, the “Cyber-Physical Sys-
tems Innovation Hub” project was launched under the
auspices of the Ministry of Communications and Infor-
mation Technology to conduct research into a variety of
areas, including humanoid robotics. Moreover, Bosch
founded the Centre for Research in CPS in Bangalore
in November 2011. Both the Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft
and several top Indian research centres are participat-
ing in this project in an advisory capacity. The partner-
ship, which is funded to the tune of 22.8 billion euros,
aims to create an optimal research and working envi-
ronment for the IT specialists of the future. In future,
support will also be provided to industry and the re-
search community, for example through research con-
tracts.25 Even today, according to a recent study by the
Zebra Tech Company, Indian businesses are world
leaders in terms of take-up and use of IoT technology.26
72 Industrie 4.0
6Internationalcomparison
1 At the end of 2012, US-based company General Electric (GE) publicly launched a broad-based initiative
focused on the Internet of Things (IoT). Although GE’s “Industrial Internet” strategy has applications in a
huge variety of different areas, manufacturing only plays a minor role. GE believes that there is potential
to deliver significant global savings through deployment of the IoT in a range of different industries.
It calculates that fuel consumption in the commercial air travel sector could be cut by 1 percent over
15 years, generating savings of 30 billion dollars, whilst efficiency gains in the healthcare and freight
and rail transport industries could save 66 billion and 27 billion dollars respectively. (See Evans, Peter
C./Annunziata, Marco: Industrial Internet. Pushing the Boundaries of Minds and Machine (GE Study),
November 2012, p. 4)
2 For details on how this term is used, see e.g. Evans, Peter C./Annunziata, Marco: Industrial Internet.
Pushing the Boundaries of Minds and Machine (GE study), November 2012, p. 7f.
3 This is the reasoning underpinning the statement made by the European Commissioner for Industry and
Entrepreneurship, Antonio Tajani, when he proclaimed a third Industrial Revolution in May 2012 (see
European Commission: Building a New Industrial Revolution in Europe. In: Unternehmen und Industrie
Magazin, June 2012.). A few months later, following a public consultation, Tajani identified six key areas
that should be strengthened in the future by the EU, the member states and private actors. Two of these
areas are directly relevant to Industrie 4.0: the promotion of “advanced manufacturing technologies” and
“key enabling technologies” (see European Commission: Industrial revolution brings industry back to
Europe (press release), 10 October 2012).
4 To some extent, the discourse surrounding the third Industrial Revolution is also connected with a new
innovation cycle characterised by the use and expansion of renewable energy (see e.g. Rifkin, Jeremy:
The Third Industrial Revolution: How Lateral Power Is Transforming Energy, the Economy, and the World,
2011), a dramatic increase in resource productivity and the use of new materials, substances and pro-
cesses (e.g. 3D printing; see Hill, Jürgen: Das Potential von 3D-Druck, in: Computerwoche, 29.01.2013).
5 See e.g. the blog smartmanufacturing.com or the initiative Smart Manufacturing Leadership Coalition
(SMLC), more information available online at www.smartmanufacturingcoalition.org.
6 Advanced manufacturing is a family of activities that depend on the use and coordination of information,
automation, computation, software, sensing, and networking, and/or make use of cutting edge materials
and emerging capabilities enabled by the physical and biological sciences, for example nanotechnology,
chemistry, and biology. It involves both new ways to manufacture existing products, and the manufacture
of new products emerging from new advanced technologies.” This definition, which was produced by
the President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST), one of the US administration’s
most important advisory committees on technology trends, is typical of how this particular term is used
(see PCAST: Report to the President on Ensuring American Leadership in Advanced Manufacturing, June
2011, p. ii).
7 A total of 483 companies participated in the VDMA survey (see VDMA: Tendenzbefragung. Internationale
Wettbewerbsposition des deutschen Maschinen- und Anlagebaus [Survey of Current Trends. Global
Competitive Position of German Machinery and Plant Manufacturers], October 2012).
8 See Le Monde Diplomatique: Die Zukunft der Industrie liegt in Asien, in: Atlas der Globalisierung – Die
Welt von morgen, 2012, p. 28.
9 See Minter, Steve: Evidence for U.S. Manufacturing Reshoring Builds. In: The Global Manufacturer,
October 2012, and The Economist: Reshoring manufacturing. Coming home, Special Report, January
2012.
10 See Fishman, Charles: The Insourcing Boom. The Atlantic, December 2012.
11 See, for example, McKinsey Global Institute: Manufacturing the future: The next era of global growth
and innovation, November 2012.
12 This is at least partly in response to calls made by the Association for Manufacturing Technology and
the recommendations of the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST). In its
2012 report on “Capturing Domestic Competitive Advantage in Advanced Manufacturing”, PCAST, which
advises the US administration, argued that the US is losing its position as a leading manufacturing
nation and, unlike other industrialised nations, is doing hardly anything about it at a policy level.
13 PCAST: Capturing Domestic Competitive Advantage in Advanced Manufacturing. AMP Steering Commit-
tee Report, July 2012; see also National Science and Technology Council (NSTC): National Strategic Plan
for Advanced Manufacturing, February 2012.
14 The network is currently under development. Funding from a number of US State administrations and
businesses will be complemented by a one billion dollar investment on behalf of central government.
The aim is to establish a total of 15 research institutes that will focus on different aspects of advanced
manufacturing. This is intended to improve coordination between university research and product de-
velopment within enterprises (see also Appendix 1: Technology Development Workstream Report, in:
PCAST: Capturing Domestic Competitive Advantage in Advanced Manufacturing. AMP Steering Commit-
tee Report, July 2012).
15 Online at: www.manufacturing.gov.
16 Of the 108 projects since 2008 that have received funding of between 500,000 and 1 million dollars, it
appears that only one is specifically focused on the use of CPS in manufacturing.
17 In these areas, the Plan speaks emphatically of “leapfrogging”.
18 This would bring China’s R&D expenditure up to around 215 billion euros by 2015, or roughly three times
the amount that Germany currently spends on research and development (see Nürnberg, Jörg/Wang,
Thomas: Implications of the 12th Five Year Plan For German Machinery Manufacturers, April 2012).
19 Since 2010, outgoing premier Wen Jiabao has set out the importance of the IoT as a key technology
for China’s development in several speeches. The Minister of Industry and Information Technology, Li
Yizhong, also highlighted this topic in an article entitled “We must make use of information technology
to restructure and improve traditional industry; we should formulate policies to encourage the develop-
ment of Internet of Things” (see http://en.cbf.net.au/Item/639.aspx - last visited by the authors in
January 2013).
20 See Geisberger, Eva/Broy, Manfred: agendaCPS. Integrierte Forschungsagenda Cyber-Physical Systems
(agendaCPS. Integrated Research Agenda Cyber-Physical Systems) (acatech STUDY), Heidelberg et al.:
Springer Verlag 2012.
21 See Voigt, Kevin: China looks to lead the Internet of Things, (CNN), 28 November 2012.
22 Since 2008, ARTEMIS has also been organising an annual worldwide “CPS week”. The European
Research Cluster on the Internet of Things (IERC) is an initiative funded through the Seventh Framework
Programme for Research which coordinates European research activities in this area.
23 In the UK, a group of experts is currently studying the future of manufacturing. “The Future of Manufac-
turing” project will identify potential development strategies for manufacturing up to 2050.
24 See Government of India, Planning Commission: Faster, Sustainable and More Inclusive Growth. An
Approach to the Twelfth Five Year Plan, October 2011, p. 115.
25 See Geisberger, Eva/Broy, Manfred: agendaCPS. Integrierte Forschungsagenda Cyber-Physical Systems
(agendaCPS. Integrated Research Agenda Cyber-Physical Systems) (acatech STUDY), Heidelberg et al.:
Springer Verlag 2012.
26 See CXO today News Desk: Indian CIOs keen on adopting Internet of Things, 11 October 2012.
TAKE-HOME MESSAGE
Many of Germany’s competitors have also recognised the trend for using the Internet of Things in the
manufacturing environment and are promoting it through a range of institutional and financial measures. The
Industrie 4.0 Working Group believes that Germany is well placed to become a global pacesetter in the
area of Industrie 4.0. The Industrie 4.0 Platform should undertake regular critical appraisals of the extent to
which the measures implemented and planned by Germany are succeeding in delivering this goal.
A separate research project should be established to carry out a more detailed analysis of Germany’s inter-
national competitors and the markets it should be targeting over the next ten to 15 years.
In the event of unexpected supplier failure, it is currently difficult for manufacturers to assess the impact on current
production and downstream processes and come up with a timely response. Sudden supplier failures result in
significant additional costs and delays in production and thus entail major risks to companies’ business. They need
to take quick decisions about which alternative supplier to use as cover, how to execute the logistics for goods
that are currently in production, how long current stocks are likely to last, which products already contain compo-
nents from the failed supplier and whether the alternative suppliers actually have the ability and skills needed to
provide the required capacity by the relevant deadline. Currently, it is only possible to provide partial IT support for
these decisions.
In Industrie 4.0 it will be possible to simulate all the steps in the manufacturing process and depict their influence
on production. This will include simulation of inventory levels, transport and logistics, the ability to track the usage
history of components that have already been used in production and provision of information relating to how long
components can be kept before they expire. This will enable product-specific set-up costs to be calculated and
reconfiguration of production resources to be kept to a minimum. It will also be possible to assess the relevant
risks. It will thus be possible to simulate the different costs and margins of alternative suppliers, including simula-
tion of the environmental impact associated with using one supplier over another. Extensive networking of manu-
facturing systems will make it possible to analyse alternative suppliers and their capacity in real time.
It will be possible to contact and engage suppliers directly via the appropriate secure channels in the supplier cloud.
Circumstances beyond the manufacturer’s control, such as unexpected natural disasters or political crises, mean
that they often have to change suppliers suddenly during production. Industrie 4.0 can help to make these chang-
es substantially smoother by running simulations of the affected downstream services, thus allowing different
suppliers to be evaluated and the best alternative to be selected.
Tomorrow
Today
POTENTIAL BENEFITS
IT innovations such as Big Data and the Cloud allow real-time optimised simulations to be performed. The necessary
software designs already exist. The value drivers in favour of prompt implementation of this approach include time and
cost savings and the ability to minimise risks to the business.
EXAMPLE APPLICATION 5: Sudden change of supplier during
production due to a crisis beyond the manufacturer’s control
7 Outlook
Industrie 4.0 75
7Outlook
7 Outlook
Germany has the potential to become a leading market
and leading supplier for Industrie 4.0. If this is to be
achieved then, in addition to meeting the technological
challenges, it will be essential for the different industries
and their employees to work together in order to shape
developments. The Industrie 4.0 Platform constitutes a
crucial step towards ensuring that the innovation poten-
tial of Industrie 4.0 is leveraged across all industries.
The journey towards implementing the Industrie 4.0 vi-
sion will involve an evolutionary process that will pro-
gress at different rates in individual companies and
sectors. Demonstration projects should therefore be
developed and new products brought to market as
soon as possible.
Implementation should be addressed through a dual
strategy. Existing basic technologies and experience
will need to be adapted to the requirements of manu-
facturing engineering and rolled out rapidly on a wide-
spread basis. At the same time, it will also be neces-
sary to research and develop innovative solutions for
new manufacturing sites and new markets. If this is
done successfully, Germany will be in a position to be-
come a leading supplier for Industrie 4.0. Moreover, the
establishment of a leading market will serve to make
Germany a more attractive manufacturing location and
help preserve its domestic manufacturing industry.
The Industry-Science Research Alliance launched the
strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 in early 2011. As of
April 2013, the industry’s professional associations
BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI will be joining together with
actors from the business and research communities
and civil society in order to ensure that implementation
of the initiative is progressed in a coherent manner. A
systemic approach in which all the stakeholders are in-
volved in a mutual exchange of technological and social
innovations will provide a sound basis for successful
cooperation in this regard.
The strategic
initiative Industrie 4.0
Industrie 4.0 77
Background
The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0
Industrie 4.0 is a “strategic initiative” of the German
government that was adopted as part of the High-Tech
Strategy 2020 Action Plan in November 2011. It was
launched in January 2011 by the COMMUNICATION
Promoters Group of the Industry-Science Research Al-
liance (FU). Its initial implementation recommendations
were formulated by the Industrie 4.0 Working Group
between January and October 2012 under the coordi-
nation of acatech –National Academy of Science and
Engineering. The Working Group was chaired by Dr
Siegfried Dais, Deputy Chairman of the Board of Man-
agement of Robert-Bosch GmbH, and Prof. Henning
Kagermann, President of acatech. The recommenda-
tions were submitted as a report to the German govern-
ment at the Industry-Science Research Alliance’s Im-
plementation Forum held at the Produktionstechnisches
Zentrum Berlin on 2 October 2012. Going forward,
further implementation measures will be progressed
through a number of working groups under the Indus-
trie 4.0 Platform which was recently established by the
industry’s professional associations BITKOM, VDMA
and ZVEI and which now has the support of its own
Secretariat.
Home page of the
Industry-Science Research Alliance:
forschungsunion.de
High-Tech Strategy Action Plan available at:
bmbf.de/pub/HTS-Aktionsplan.pdf
Industrie 4.0 Working Group reports:
acatech.de/industrie4.0
Since 2006, the German government has been pursu-
ing a High-Tech Strategy geared towards interdepart-
mental coordination of research and innovation initia-
tives in Germany with the aim of securing Germany’s
strong competitive position through technological in-
novation. The current incarnation is known as the
High-Tech Strategy 2020 and focuses on five priority
areas: climate/energy, health/food, mobility, security
and communication. The strategy revolves around a
number of “strategic initiatives” through which the In-
dustry-Science Research Alliance is addressing con-
crete medium-term scientific and technological devel-
opment goals over a period of ten to fifteen years. The
initiatives have formulated concrete innovation strate-
gies and implementation roadmaps designed to make
Germany a leader in supplying solutions to global
challenges.
This report presents and expands upon the recom-
mendations put forward by the Industrie 4.0 Working
Group in October 2012 and will provide a basis for
the work of the Industrie 4.0 Platform that will com-
mence in April 2013
78 Industrie 4.0
Industrie4.0Platform
Governing Board (GB)
Board members from
Steering Committee’s
member companies
Scientific Advisory
Committee (SAC)
Professors from the
relevant technical
disciplines
WG 1 WG 2 … WG n
sends representatives
Figure 14:
Provisional
organisational
chart of the
“Industry 4.0”
Platform
Steering Committee (SC)
sends one spokespersonProvides input on Platform’s strategy
manages the platform in
coordination with WG leaders
supports
informs
communicates
supports
supports
Community of experts
• Member companies
• Representatives of the 3 professional associations
• SAC spokesperson
• Guests: working group leaders
Secretariat (Sec.)
Run jointly by
BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI
The Industrie 4.0 Platform
The professional associations BITKOM, VDMA and
ZVEI have established the joint Industrie 4.0 Platform in
order to progress the initiative and ensure a coordinat-
ed, cross-sectoral approach.
The Platform’s central coordination and management
body is the industry-led Steering Committee. It is re-
sponsible for setting the Platform’s strategic course,
appointing working groups and guiding their work. The
Steering Committee is supported by a Scientific Advi-
sory Committee that includes members from the man-
ufacturing, IT and automation industries as well as a
number of other disciplines. The Working Groups re-
port to the Steering Committee, but are free to deter-
mine their own structure. They are open to all interested
parties.
The Governing Board provides input with regard to
strategy and supports the Platform’s political activities.
Where necessary, it represents the Platform vis-à-vis
policymakers, the media and the public.
The Secretariat is staffed by members of the three pro-
fessional associations and provides the Steering Com-
mittee with organisational and administrative support. It
deals with knowledge transfer, internal relations and
relations with similar initiatives. It is also responsible for
media and public relations activities.
Secretariat
Management: Rainer Glatz, VDMA
Dr. Bernhard Diegner, ZVEI
Wolfgang Dorst, BITKOM
Secretariat address:
Lyoner Straße 9, 60528 Frankfurt/Main
Contact:
kontakt@plattform-i40.de
plattform-i40.de
Отчет из Германии о 4й промышленной революции
Отчет из Германии о 4й промышленной революции

More Related Content

PDF
Application of the Strategic Management Theories in Uber Bangladesh
PDF
Scope management
PDF
U M Lvs I D E F
PDF
Paul Ebbs (2011) - Can lean construction improve the irish construction industry
PDF
Software Arquitecture
PDF
Dynamics AX/ X++
PDF
Selling ib ms innovative solutions
PDF
Morph xit
Application of the Strategic Management Theories in Uber Bangladesh
Scope management
U M Lvs I D E F
Paul Ebbs (2011) - Can lean construction improve the irish construction industry
Software Arquitecture
Dynamics AX/ X++
Selling ib ms innovative solutions
Morph xit

What's hot (20)

PDF
Enterprise portal development cookbook
PDF
Span derivés gb_200802 _2__tcm6-44568
PDF
Getting started in_enterprise_architect
PDF
Netex learningMaker | Multipage Template v2.5.3 [En]
DOCX
Comparing Game Development on the Android and Windows Phone 7 Platforms.
PDF
Allied Bank operations and Marketing strategies in Pakistan
PDF
A Real Time Application Integration Solution
PDF
First Tier Garment Exporters in Delhi: Industry and Company Perspectives
PDF
Graduation Report
PDF
Albpm60 studio reference_guide
PDF
Smartdraw user-guide
DOCX
Productivity practioner
DOCX
Agile project management
PDF
Bioteksa Model For Technology And Innovation Management
DOCX
Blood-Bank-Management-System-Salesforce
PDF
Summer Intern Report - SBD - Rahul Gupta - 11BM60055
PDF
(English) Openbravo Commerce Platform Description March 2014
PDF
Evr2008
PDF
HCC Procurement Procedures
PDF
Sap Tables Sdn
Enterprise portal development cookbook
Span derivés gb_200802 _2__tcm6-44568
Getting started in_enterprise_architect
Netex learningMaker | Multipage Template v2.5.3 [En]
Comparing Game Development on the Android and Windows Phone 7 Platforms.
Allied Bank operations and Marketing strategies in Pakistan
A Real Time Application Integration Solution
First Tier Garment Exporters in Delhi: Industry and Company Perspectives
Graduation Report
Albpm60 studio reference_guide
Smartdraw user-guide
Productivity practioner
Agile project management
Bioteksa Model For Technology And Innovation Management
Blood-Bank-Management-System-Salesforce
Summer Intern Report - SBD - Rahul Gupta - 11BM60055
(English) Openbravo Commerce Platform Description March 2014
Evr2008
HCC Procurement Procedures
Sap Tables Sdn
Ad

Similar to Отчет из Германии о 4й промышленной революции (20)

PDF
Global Digital Inclusion Benchmarking Study
PDF
Manufacturing-Tech-Survey-Results-US50602523-IB.pdf
PDF
Enhancing intelligence with the Internet of Things
PDF
Industry 4.0 managing the digital transformation (2018)
PDF
EUROPEAN TRENDS IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND INDUSTRIE 4.0 SECTORS and I 4...
PDF
Harnessing io t-global-development
PDF
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisch
PDF
Enterprise Interoperability Interoperability for Agility Resilience and Plast...
PDF
Benefits of Modern Cloud Data Lake Platform Qubole GCP - Whitepaper
PDF
IRJET - Industry 4.0 for Manufacturing Organization in India
PDF
MITRE SE guide
PDF
Electronics industry brief
PDF
Rfid In The Supply Chain A Guide To Selection And Implementation 1st Edition ...
PDF
Elomatic Catalogue 2015
PDF
Enterprise Interoperability Interoperability for Agility Resilience and Plast...
PDF
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisch
PDF
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisc...
PDF
Topics in Artificial Intelligence Applied to Industry 4 0 1st Edition Mahmoud...
PPTX
PDF
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisch
Global Digital Inclusion Benchmarking Study
Manufacturing-Tech-Survey-Results-US50602523-IB.pdf
Enhancing intelligence with the Internet of Things
Industry 4.0 managing the digital transformation (2018)
EUROPEAN TRENDS IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE AND INDUSTRIE 4.0 SECTORS and I 4...
Harnessing io t-global-development
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisch
Enterprise Interoperability Interoperability for Agility Resilience and Plast...
Benefits of Modern Cloud Data Lake Platform Qubole GCP - Whitepaper
IRJET - Industry 4.0 for Manufacturing Organization in India
MITRE SE guide
Electronics industry brief
Rfid In The Supply Chain A Guide To Selection And Implementation 1st Edition ...
Elomatic Catalogue 2015
Enterprise Interoperability Interoperability for Agility Resilience and Plast...
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisch
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisc...
Topics in Artificial Intelligence Applied to Industry 4 0 1st Edition Mahmoud...
Advanced manufacturing an ICT and systems perspective 1st Edition Marco Taisch
Ad

More from Sergey Zhdanov (20)

PPTX
Мировое Конструкторское Бюро, именно Россия должна стать генератором постоянн...
PPTX
О выплате населению гарантированного базового дохода
PPTX
World economy is in deep crisis the #basicincome we need for new #customers, ...
PPTX
Цифровая трансформация экономики кооперативные ИТС на основе Интернета вещей
PDF
Sharing the Road: Autonomous Vehicles Meet Human Drivers
PDF
Motion Planning Algorithms for Autonomous Intersection Management
PDF
Autonomous Intersection Management for Semi-Autonomous Vehicles
PPTX
IoT is vertical Industry (please use it for update of IoT use-cases understan...
PPTX
Увеличение пропускной способности наземной транспортной системы за счет реали...
PDF
Био-сенсоры интернета вещей и предвестники землетрясений
PPTX
Иннопром 2016
PPTX
Умная разметка для движения мотоциклов и сервисы оповещения
PPTX
Безлюдные производства - основа пенсионной реформы 2025
PDF
Пространственные данные основа Умного земледелия
PPTX
Facing future together
PDF
Конкурентные бизнес-модели IoT & 5G
PPTX
Industrial Internet of Things
PPTX
Национальная инфраструктура для НТИ
PPT
Форсайт методика
PDF
Методология Форсайтов
Мировое Конструкторское Бюро, именно Россия должна стать генератором постоянн...
О выплате населению гарантированного базового дохода
World economy is in deep crisis the #basicincome we need for new #customers, ...
Цифровая трансформация экономики кооперативные ИТС на основе Интернета вещей
Sharing the Road: Autonomous Vehicles Meet Human Drivers
Motion Planning Algorithms for Autonomous Intersection Management
Autonomous Intersection Management for Semi-Autonomous Vehicles
IoT is vertical Industry (please use it for update of IoT use-cases understan...
Увеличение пропускной способности наземной транспортной системы за счет реали...
Био-сенсоры интернета вещей и предвестники землетрясений
Иннопром 2016
Умная разметка для движения мотоциклов и сервисы оповещения
Безлюдные производства - основа пенсионной реформы 2025
Пространственные данные основа Умного земледелия
Facing future together
Конкурентные бизнес-модели IoT & 5G
Industrial Internet of Things
Национальная инфраструктура для НТИ
Форсайт методика
Методология Форсайтов

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
sustainability-14-14877-v2.pddhzftheheeeee
PPTX
GROUP4NURSINGINFORMATICSREPORT-2 PRESENTATION
PDF
Produktkatalog für HOBO Datenlogger, Wetterstationen, Sensoren, Software und ...
PPTX
MicrosoftCybserSecurityReferenceArchitecture-April-2025.pptx
PDF
Flame analysis and combustion estimation using large language and vision assi...
PDF
CloudStack 4.21: First Look Webinar slides
PDF
Zenith AI: Advanced Artificial Intelligence
PDF
Taming the Chaos: How to Turn Unstructured Data into Decisions
PDF
Convolutional neural network based encoder-decoder for efficient real-time ob...
PDF
How IoT Sensor Integration in 2025 is Transforming Industries Worldwide
PDF
STKI Israel Market Study 2025 version august
PPT
Geologic Time for studying geology for geologist
PDF
A review of recent deep learning applications in wood surface defect identifi...
PPT
Galois Field Theory of Risk: A Perspective, Protocol, and Mathematical Backgr...
PDF
Developing a website for English-speaking practice to English as a foreign la...
PPTX
Build Your First AI Agent with UiPath.pptx
PDF
Credit Without Borders: AI and Financial Inclusion in Bangladesh
PPTX
Chapter 5: Probability Theory and Statistics
PPTX
TEXTILE technology diploma scope and career opportunities
DOCX
search engine optimization ppt fir known well about this
sustainability-14-14877-v2.pddhzftheheeeee
GROUP4NURSINGINFORMATICSREPORT-2 PRESENTATION
Produktkatalog für HOBO Datenlogger, Wetterstationen, Sensoren, Software und ...
MicrosoftCybserSecurityReferenceArchitecture-April-2025.pptx
Flame analysis and combustion estimation using large language and vision assi...
CloudStack 4.21: First Look Webinar slides
Zenith AI: Advanced Artificial Intelligence
Taming the Chaos: How to Turn Unstructured Data into Decisions
Convolutional neural network based encoder-decoder for efficient real-time ob...
How IoT Sensor Integration in 2025 is Transforming Industries Worldwide
STKI Israel Market Study 2025 version august
Geologic Time for studying geology for geologist
A review of recent deep learning applications in wood surface defect identifi...
Galois Field Theory of Risk: A Perspective, Protocol, and Mathematical Backgr...
Developing a website for English-speaking practice to English as a foreign la...
Build Your First AI Agent with UiPath.pptx
Credit Without Borders: AI and Financial Inclusion in Bangladesh
Chapter 5: Probability Theory and Statistics
TEXTILE technology diploma scope and career opportunities
search engine optimization ppt fir known well about this

Отчет из Германии о 4й промышленной революции

  • 1. Securing the future of German manufacturing industry Recommendations for implementing the strategic initiative INDUSTRIE 4.0 Final report of the Industrie 4.0 Working Group April 2013
  • 2. Imprint Authors Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science Research Alliance: Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann National Academy of Science and Engineering (Spokesperson of the Promoters Group) Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Wahlster German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence Dr. Johannes Helbig Deutsche Post AG acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering Editorial staff Ariane Hellinger, M.A. Veronika Stumpf, M.A. With the assistance of: Christian Kobsda, B.A. acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering Copy editing Linda Treugut, M.A. acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering English translation Joaquín Blasco Dr. Helen Galloway Layout and typesetting HEILMEYERUNDSERNAU GESTALTUNG heilmeyerundsernau.com Graphics isotype.com HEILMEYERUNDSERNAU GESTALTUNG Contact details / Marketing Office of the Industry-Science Research Alliance beim Stifterverband für die Deutsche Wissenschaft Ulrike Findeklee, M.A. [email protected] forschungsunion.de Secretariat of the Platform Industrie 4.0 Lyoner Straße 9 60528 Frankfurt/Main [email protected] plattform-i40.de Publication date: April 2013 © Copyright reserved by the authors. All rights reserved. This work and all its parts are protected by copyright. Any use not explicitly permitted by copyright law shall require the written consent of the authors. Failure to obtain this consent may result in legal action. This applies in particular to reproductions, translations, microfilming and storage in electronic systems. The authors are not liable for the accuracy of manufacturers’ data.
  • 4. 2 Industrie 4.0 Contents Contents Executive summary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04 Working group members | Authors | Technical experts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08 1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 2 The vision: Industrie 4.0 as part of a smart, networked world. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 2.1 Shaping the vision of Industrie 4.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 2.2 What will the future look like under Industrie 4.0?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 2.3 Novel business opportunities and models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 2.4 New social infrastructures in the workplace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 2.5 Novel service-based, real-time enabled CPS platforms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 2.6 The road to Industrie 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Example application 1 Reducing the energy consumed by a vehicle body assembly line while it is not in use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 3 The dual strategy: becoming a leading market and supplier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 3.1 Leading supplier strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 3.2 Leading market strategy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 3.3 The dual strategy and its key features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Example application 2 End-to-end system engineering across the entire value chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 4 Research requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 5 Priority areas for action. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 5.1 Standardisation and open standards for a reference architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 5.2 Managing complex systems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 5.3 Delivering a comprehensive broadband infrastructure for industry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 5.4 Safety and security as critical factors for the success of Industrie 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 5.5 Work organisation and work design in the digital industrial age. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 5.6 Training and continuing professional development for Industrie 4.0. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 5.7 Regulatory framework . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 5.8 Resource efficiency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 Example application 3 Supporting custom manufacturing: an example of how an individual customer’s requirements can be met . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
  • 5. Industrie 4.0 3 ContentsContents Example application 4 Telepresence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 6 How does Germany compare with the rest of the world?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Example application 5 Sudden change of supplier during production due to a crisis beyond the manufacturer’s control . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 7 Outlook. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 Background: The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
  • 7. Industrie 4.0 5 Executivesummary Executive summary Germany has one of the most competitive manufac- turing industries in the world and is a global leader in the manufacturing equipment sector. This is in no small measure due to Germany’s specialisation in re- search, development and production of innovative manufacturing technologies and the management of complex industrial processes. Germany’s strong ma- chinery and plant manufacturing industry, its globally significant level of IT competences and its know-how in embedded systems and automation engineering mean that it is extremely well placed to develop its position as a leader in the manufacturing engineering industry. Germany is thus uniquely positioned to tap into the potential of a new type of industrialisation: Industrie 4.0. The first three industrial revolutions came about as a result of mechanisation, electricity and IT. Now, the in- troduction of the Internet of Things and Services into the manufacturing environment is ushering in a fourth industrial revolution. In the future, businesses will es- tablish global networks that incorporate their machin- ery, warehousing systems and production facilities in the shape of Cyber-Physical Systems (CPS). In the manufacturing environment, these Cyber-Physical Systems comprise smart machines, storage systems and production facilities capable of autonomously ex- changing information, triggering actions and control- ling each other independently. This facilitates funda- mental improvements to the industrial processes involved in manufacturing, engineering, material us- age and supply chain and life cycle management. The smart factories that are already beginning to appear employ a completely new approach to production. Smart products are uniquely identifiable, may be lo- cated at all times and know their own history, current status and alternative routes to achieving their target state. The embedded manufacturing systems are ver- tically networked with business processes within fac- tories and enterprises and horizontally connected to dispersed value networks that can be managed in real time – from the moment an order is placed right through to outbound logistics. In addition, they both enable and require end-to-end engineering across the entire value chain. Industrie 4.0 holds huge potential. Smart factories allow individual customer requirements to be met and mean that even one-off items can be manufactured profitably. In Industrie 4.0, dynamic business and engineering processes enable last-minute changes to production and deliver the ability to respond flexibly to disruptions and failures on behalf of suppliers, for example. End-to- end transparency is provided over the manufacturing process, facilitating optimised decision-making. In- dustrie 4.0 will also result in new ways of creating val- ue and novel business models. In particular, it will pro- vide start-ups and small businesses with the opportunity to develop and provide downstream services. In addition, Industrie 4.0 will address and solve some of the challenges facing the world today such as resource and energy efficiency, urban production and demographic change. Industrie 4.0 enables continu- ous resource productivity and efficiency gains to be delivered across the entire value network. It allows work to be organised in a way that takes demograph- ic change and social factors into account. Smart as- sistance systems release workers from having to per- form routine tasks, enabling them to focus on creative, value-added activities. In view of the impending short- age of skilled workers, this will allow older workers to extend their working lives and remain productive for longer. Flexible work organisation will enable workers to combine their work, private lives and continuing professional development more effectively, promoting a better work-life balance. Global competition in the manufacturing engineering sector is becoming fiercer and fiercer and Germany is not the only country to have recognised the trend to de- ploy the Internet of Things and Services in manufacturing industry. Moreover, it is not just competitors in Asia that pose a threat to German industry – the US is also taking measures to combat deindustrialisation through pro- grammes to promote “advanced manufacturing”.
  • 8. 6 Industrie 4.0 Executivesummary In order to bring about the shift from industrial produc- tion to Industrie 4.0, Germany needs to adopt a dual strategy. Germany’s manufacturing equipment indus- try should seek to maintain its global market leadership by consistently integrating information and communica- tion technology into its traditional high-tech strategies so that it can become the leading supplier of smart manufacturing technologies. At the same time, it will be necessary to create and serve new leading markets for CPS technologies and products. In order to deliver the goals of this dual CPS strategy, the following features of Industrie 4.0 should be implemented: • Horizontal integration through value networks • End-to-end digital integration of engineering across the entire value chain • Vertical integration and networked manufactur- ing systems The journey towards Industrie 4.0 will require Germany to put a huge amount of effort into research and devel- opment. In order to implement the dual strategy, re- search is required into the horizontal and vertical inte- gration of manufacturing systems and end-to-end integration of engineering. In addition, attention should be paid to the new social infrastructures in the work- place that will come about as a result of Industrie 4.0 systems, as well as the continued development of CPS technologies. If Industrie 4.0 is to be successfully implemented, re- search and development activities will need to be ac- companied by the appropriate industrial and industrial policy decisions. The Industrie 4.0 Working Group be- lieves that action is needed in the following eight key areas: • Standardisation and reference architecture: Industrie 4.0 will involve networking and integration of several different companies through value networks. This collaborative partnership will only be possible if a single set of common standards is developed. A reference architecture will be needed to provide a technical description of these stand- ards and facilitate their implementation. • Managing complex systems: Products and manufacturing systems are becoming more and more complex. Appropriate planning and explana- tory models can provide a basis for managing this growing complexity. Engineers should therefore be equipped with the methods and tools required to develop such models. • A comprehensive broadband infrastructure for industry: Reliable, comprehensive and high-quality communication networks are a key requirement for Industrie 4.0. Broadband Internet infrastructure therefore needs to be expanded on a massive scale, both within Germany and between Germany and its partner countries. • Safety and security: Safety and security are both critical to the success of smart manufacturing systems. It is important to ensure that production facilities and the products themselves do not pose a danger either to people or to the environment. At the same time, both production facilities and products and in particular the data and information they contain – need to be protected against misuse and unauthorised access. This will require, for example, the deployment of integrated safety and security architectures and unique identifiers, together with the relevant enhancements to training and continuing professional development content. • Work organisation and design: In smart factories, the role of employees will change significantly. Increasingly real-time oriented control will transform work content, work processes and the working environment. Implementation of a socio-technical approach to work organisation will offer workers the opportunity to enjoy greater responsibility and enhance their personal development. For this to be possible, it will be necessary to deploy participative work design and lifelong learning measures and to launch model reference projects. • Training and continuing professional develop- ment: Industrie 4.0 will radically transform workers’ job and competence profiles. It will therefore be necessary to implement appropriate training strategies and to organise work in a way that fosters learning, enabling lifelong learning and
  • 9. Industrie 4.0 7 Executivesummary workplace-based CPD. In order to achieve this, model projects and “best practice networks” should be promoted and digital learning techniques should be investigated. • Regulatory framework: Whilst the new manufac- turing processes and horizontal business networks found in Industrie 4.0 will need to comply with the law, existing legislation will also need to be adapted to take account of new innovations. The challenges include the protection of corporate data, liability issues, handling of personal data and trade restrictions. This will require not only legisla- tion but also other types of action on behalf of businesses – an extensive range of suitable instruments exists, including guidelines, model contracts and company agreements or self-regula- tion initiatives such as audits. • Resource efficiency: Quite apart from the high costs, manufacturing industry’s consumption of large amounts of raw materials and energy also poses a number of threats to the environment and security of supply. Industrie 4.0 will deliver gains in resource productivity and efficiency. It will be necessary to calculate the trade-offs between the additional resources that will need to be invested in smart factories and the potential savings generated. The journey towards Industrie 4.0 will be an evolution- ary process. Current basic technologies and experi- ence will have to be adapted to the specific require- ments of manufacturing engineering and innovative solutions for new locations and new markets will have to be explored. If this is done successfully, Industrie 4.0 will allow Germany to increase its global competitive- ness and preserve its domestic manufacturing industry.
  • 11. Industrie 4.0 9 Authorsandexperts Working group members | Authors Technical experts Co-chairs Dr. Siegfried Dais, Robert Bosch GmbH Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann, acatech WG spokespersons WG 1 – The Smart Factory Dr. Manfred Wittenstein, WITTENSTEIN AG WG 2 – The Real Environment Prof. Dr. Siegfried Russwurm, Siemens AG WG 3 – The Economic Environment Dr. Stephan Fischer, SAP AG WG 4 – Human Beings and Work Prof. Dr. Wolfgang Wahlster, DFKI (German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence) WG 5 – The Technology Factor Dr. Heinz Derenbach, Bosch Software Innovations GmbH Members from industry Dr. Reinhold Achatz, ThyssenKrupp AG Dr. Heinrich Arnold, Deutsche Telekom AG Dr. Klaus Dräger, BMW AG Dr. Johannes Helbig, Deutsche Post DHL AG Dr. Wolfram Jost, Software AG Dr. Peter Leibinger, TRUMPF GmbH & Co. KG Dr. Reinhard Ploss, Infineon Technologies AG Volker Smid, Hewlett-Packard GmbH Dr. Thomas Weber, Daimler AG Dr. Eberhard Veit, Festo AG & Co. KG Dr. Christian Zeidler, ABB Ltd. Academic members Prof. Dr. Reiner Anderl, TU Darmstadt Prof. Dr. Thomas Bauernhansl, Fraunhofer-Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation Prof. Dr. Michael Beigl, Karlsruhe Institute of Technol- ogy (KIT) Prof. Dr. Manfred Broy, TU München Prof. Dr. Werner Damm, Universität Oldenburg / Offis Prof. Dr. Jürgen Gausemeier, Universität Paderborn Prof. Dr. Otthein Herzog, Jacobs University Bremen Prof. Dr. Fritz Klocke, RWTH Aachen / WZL Prof. Dr. Gunther Reinhart, TU München Prof. Dr. Bernd Scholz-Reiter, BIBA Industry-Science Research Alliance and professional associations Dr. Bernhard Diegner, ZVEI (German Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers’ Association) Rainer Glatz, VDMA (German Engineering Federation) Prof. Dieter Kempf, BITKOM (Federal Association for Information Technology, Telecommunications and New Media) Prof. Dr. Gisela Lanza, WBK, KIT (Institute of Production Science, Karlsruhe Institute of Technology) Dr. Karsten Ottenberg, Giesecke & Devrient GmbH Prof. Dr. August Wilhelm Scheer, Scheer Group Dieter Schweer, BDI (Federation of German Industries) Ingrid Sehrbrock, DGB (Confederation of German Trade Unions) Prof. Dr. Dieter Spath, Fraunhofer IAO Prof. Dr. Ursula M. Staudinger, Jacobs University Bremen Guests Dr. Andreas Goerdeler, BMWi (Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology) Prof. Dr. Wolf-Dieter Lukas, BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research) Ingo Ruhmann, BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research) Dr. Alexander Tettenborn, BMWi (Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology) Dr. Clemens Zielonka, BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research)
  • 12. 10 Industrie 4.0 Authorsandexperts Authors – core team Klaus Bauer, Trumpf Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH & Co. KG Dr. Bernhard Diegner, ZVEI (German Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers’ Association) Johannes Diemer, Hewlett-Packard GmbH Wolfgang Dorst, BITKOM (Federal Association for Information Technology, Telecommunications and New Media) Dr. Stefan Ferber, Bosch Software Innovations GmbH Rainer Glatz, VDMA (German Engineering Federation) Ariane Hellinger, acatech Dr. Werner Herfs, RWTH Aachen / WZL Marion Horstmann, Siemens AG Dr. Thomas Kaufmann, Infineon Technologies AG Dr. Constanze Kurz, IG Metall Dr. Ulrich Löwen, Siemens AG Veronika Stumpf, acatech Co-authors Dr. Kurt D. Bettenhausen, Siemens AG Dr. Kerstin Geiger, SAP AG Jörg Heuer, Telekom AG Dr. Günter Hörcher, Fraunhofer-Institut IPA Petra Köpfer-Behncke, SAP AG Jörn Lehmann, VDMA (German Engineering Federation) Dr. Katja Patzwaldt, Jacobs University Bremen Steven Peters, WBK, KIT Dr. Harald Schöning, Software AG Joachim Seidelmann, Fraunhofer Institute for Manufacturing Engineering and Automation Prof. Dr. Ursula M. Staudinger, Jacobs University Bremen Chapter 5.4 Safety and security Matthias Brucke, OFFIS Institute for Information Technology Jürgen Niehaus, SafeTRANS – Safety in Transportation Systems Chapter 5.7 Regulatory framework Prof. Dr. Gerrit Hornung, Universität Passau Kai Hofmann, Universität Passau Additional authors from the Working Groups Vinay Aggarwal, Deutsche Telekom AG Mathias Anbuhl, DGB (Confederation of German Trade Unions) Dr. Dietmar Dengler, DFKI (German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence) Ulrich Doll, Homag Holzbearbeitungssysteme GmbH Dr. Gerhard Hammann, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH + Co. KG Andreas Haubelt, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH + Co. KG Dirk Hilgenberg, BMW AG Bernd Kärcher, Festo AG & Co.KG Dr. Alassane Ndiaye, DFKI (German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence) Dr. Detlef Pauly, Siemens AG Tobias Philipp, IWB Dr. Heinz-Jürgen Prokop, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH & Co. KG Michael Wetzel, Daimler AG
  • 13. Industrie 4.0 11 Authorsandexperts We would like to thank the participants in the following technical expert workshops „Safety and security“ workshop held on 18 January 2013 in Frankfurt am Main for their input into chapter 5.4 Klaus Bauer, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH&Co. KG Christoph Bier, Fraunhofer Institute of Optronics, System Technologies and Image Exploitation Slavtcho Bonev, Epyxs GmbH Willem Bulthuis, secunet Security Networks AG Stefan Ditting, HIMA Paul Hildebrandt GmbH & Co. KG Wolfgang Dorst, BITKOM (Federal Association for Information Technology, Telecommunications and New Media) Armin Glaser, Pilz GmbH & Co. KG Rainer Glatz, VDMA (German Engineering Federation) Stephan Gurke, ZVEI (German Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers’ Association) Dr. Magnus Harlander, GeNUA Gesellschaft für Netzwerk und Unix-Administration mbH Dr. Thorsten Henkel, Fraunhofer SIT Dr. Detlef Houdeau, Infineon Technologies AG Dr. Lutz Jänicke, Innominate Security Technologies AG Hartmut Kaiser, secunet Security Networks AG Johannes Kalhoff, Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co.KG Prof. Dr. Frithjof Klasen, Fachhochschule Köln, Institut für Automation & Industrial IT Dr. Wolfgang Klasen, Siemens AG Jörn Lehmann, VDMA Jens Mehrfeld, BSI Sebastian Rohr, accessec GmbH Martin Schwibach, BASF SE Hansjörg Sperling-Wohlgemuth, Pilz GmbH & Co. KG Dr. Walter Speth, Bayer Technology Services GmbH Dr. Martin Steinebach, Fraunhofer SIT Winfried Stephan, T-Systems International GmbH Carolin Theobald, ZVEI Benjamin Törl, Epyxs GmbH Dr. Martin Vetter, TÜV Süd AG Michael Vöth, Robert Bosch GmbH Dr. Alexander Walsch, General Electric Deutschland Holding GmbH Marc Wiesner, VDMA Oliver Winzenried, WIBU-SYSTEMS AG Steffen Zimmermann, VDMA „Regulatory framework“ workshop held on 28 January 2013 in Berlin for their input into chapter 5.7 Till Barleben, ZVEI Klaus Bauer, TRUMPF Werkzeugmaschinen GmbH & Co. KG Dr. Georg Böttcher, Siemens AG Alfons Botthof, VDI/VDE Innovation + Technik GmbH Susanne Dehmel, BITKOM Johannes Diemer, Hewlett-Packard GmbH Kai Hofmann, Universität Passau Prof. Dr. Gerrit Hornung, Universität Passau Sven Hötitzsch, Universität Würzburg Lars Kripko, BITKOM Dr. Reinold Mittag, IG Metall Christian Patschke, DLR Dr. Mario Rehse, BITKOM Natalie Swann, Hewlett-Packard GmbH Marc Wiesner, VDMA
  • 15. Industrie 4.0 13 1Introduction 1 Introduction Securing the future of German manufacturing industry Germany has one of the most competitive manufactur- ing industries in the world. This is due to its ability to manage complex industrial processes where different tasks are performed by different partners in different geographical locations. It has been successfully em- ploying information and communication technology (ICT) to do this for several decades – today, approxi- mately 90 percent of all industrial manufacturing pro- cesses are already supported by ICT. Over the past 30 years or so, the IT revolution has brought about a radical transformation of the world in which we live and work, with an impact comparable to that of mechanisation and electricity in the first and second Industrial Revolutions.1 The evolution of PCs into smart devices has been ac- companied by a trend for more and more IT infrastruc- ture and services to be provided through smart net- works (cloud computing). In conjunction with ever greater miniaturisation and the unstoppable march of the Internet, this trend is ushering in a world where ubiquitous computing is becoming a reality. Powerful, autonomous microcomputers (embedded systems) are increasingly being wirelessly networked with each other and with the Internet. This is resulting in the convergence of the physical world and the virtual world (cyberspace) in the form of Cyber-Physical Sys- tems (CPS). Following the introduction of the new In- ternet protocol IPv62 in 2012, there are now sufficient addresses available to enable universal direct network- ing of smart objects via the Internet. This means that for the first time ever it is now possible to network resources, information, objects and people to create the Internet of Things and Services. The ef- fects of this phenomenon will also be felt by industry. In the realm of manufacturing, this technological evolu- tion can be described as the fourth stage of industriali- sation, or Industrie 4.03 (Fig. 1). Industrialisation began with the introduction of me- chanical manufacturing equipment at the end of the 18th century, when machines like the mechanical loom revolutionised the way goods were made. This first in- dustrial revolution was followed by a second one that End of 18th century Start of 20th century Start of 1970s today Source: DFKI 2011 4. industrial revolution based on Cyber-Physical Systemss 3. industrial revolution uses electronics and IT to achieve further automation of manufacturing 2. industrial revolution follows introduction of electrically-powered mass production based on the division of labour 1. industrial revolution follows introduction of water- and steam-powered mechanical manufacturing facilities First mechanical loom 1784 First programmable logic controller (PLC), Modicon 084 1969 complexity time First production line, Cincinnati slaughterhouses 1870 Figure 1: The four stages of the Industrial Revolution
  • 16. 14 Industrie 4.0 1Introduction began around the turn of the 20th century and involved electrically-powered mass production of goods based on the division of labour. This was in turn superseded by the third industrial revolution that started during the early 1970s and has continued right up to the present day. This third revolution employed electronics and in- formation technology (IT) to achieve increased auto- mation of manufacturing processes, as machines took over not only a substantial proportion of the “manual labour” but also some of the “brainwork”. Germany needs to draw on its strengths as the world’s leading manufacturing equipment supplier and in the field of embedded systems by harnessing the spread of the Internet of Things and Services into the manu- facturing environment so that it can lead the way to- wards the fourth stage of industrialisation. Rolling out Industrie 4.0 will not only strengthen Ger- many’s competitive position but also drive solutions to both global challenges (e.g. resource and energy effi- ciency) and national challenges (e.g. managing demo- graphic change). However, it is crucial to consider technological innovations within their sociocultural context4, since cultural and social changes are also major drivers of innovation in their own right. Demo- graphic change, for example, has the potential to transform all the key areas of our society, such as the way that learning is organised, the nature of work and health as people live longer lives and the infrastruc- ture of local communities. This will in turn have signifi- cant implications for Germany’s productivity. By opti- mising the relationship between technological and social innovation processes, we will be making an im- portant contribution to the competitiveness and pro- ductivity of the German economy.5 Using the Internet of Things and Services in manufacturing The Internet of Things and Services makes it possible to create networks incorporating the entire manufactur- ing process that convert factories into a smart environ- ment. Cyber-Physical Production Systems comprise smart machines, warehousing systems and production facilities that have been developed digitally and feature end-to-end ICT-based integration, from inbound logis- tics to production, marketing, outbound logistics and service. This not only allows production to be config- ured more flexibly but also taps into the opportunities offered by much more differentiated management and control processes. In addition to optimising existing IT-based processes, Industrie 4.0 will therefore also unlock the potential of even more differentiated tracking of both detailed pro- cesses and overall effects at a global scale6 which it was previously impossible to record. It will also involve closer cooperation between business partners (e.g. suppliers and customers) and between employees, providing new opportunities for mutual benefit.7 As the world’s leading manufacturing equipment sup- plier, Germany is uniquely well placed to tap into the potential of this new form of industrialisation.8 Germa- ny’s global market leaders include numerous “hidden champions” who provide specialised solutions – 22 of Germany’s top 100 small and medium-sized enterpris- es (SMEs) are machinery and plant manufacturers, with three of them featuring in the top ten.9 Indeed, many leading figures in the machinery and plant manufactur- ing industry consider their main competitors to be do- mestic ones.10 Machinery and plant also rank as one of Germany’s main exports alongside cars and chemi- cals.11 Moreover, German machinery and plant manu- facturers expect to maintain their leadership position in The Internet of Things and Services is coming to the manufacturing environment: In essence, Industrie 4.0 will involve the technical integration of CPS into manufacturing and logistics and the use of the Internet of Things and Services in industrial processes. This will have implications for value creation, business models, downstream services and work organisation.
  • 17. Industrie 4.0 15 1Introduction the future. 60% of them believe that their technological competitive advantage will increase over the next five years, while just under 40% hope to maintain their cur- rent position.12 Nonetheless, global competition in the manufacturing engineering sector is becoming fiercer and fiercer. And it is not just competitors in Asia that pose a threat to German industry – the US is also tak- ing measures to combat deindustrialisation through programmes to promote “advanced manufacturing”. Furthermore, manufacturing is becoming more dynamic and complex all the time. For example, advances in la- ser sintering technology mean that it is now possible to “print” complex 3D structures to a high quality standard within a matter of hours. This is resulting in the emer- gence of completely new business models and servic- es where the end customer is much more closely in- volved – customers can create their own designs and e-mail them to a “copyshop”, or they can have objects scanned and “copied”. On the initiative of the Industry-Science Research Alli- ance, the partners in the Industrie 4.0 Platform have therefore set themselves the goal of implementing the German government’s strategic initiative to secure the competitiveness of German industry.13 The Industrie 4.0 initiative has huge potential: • Meeting individual customer requirements Industrie 4.0 allows individual, customer-specific criteria to be included in the design, configuration, ordering, planning, manufacture and operation phases and enables last-minute changes to be incorporated. In Industrie 4.0 it is possible to manufacture one-off items and have very low production volumes (batch size of 1) whilst still making a profit. » Industrie 4.0 offers Germany the chance to further strengthen its position as a manufacturing loca- tion, manufacturing equipment supplier and IT business solutions supplier. It is encouraging to see that all the stakeholders in Ger- many are now working closely together through the Industrie 4.0 Platform in order to move ahead with implementation. « Prof. Dr. Henning Kagermann acatech – National Academy of Science and Engineering Spokesperson of the Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science Research Alliance and Co-Chair of the Industrie 4.0 Working Group
  • 18. 16 Industrie 4.0 1Introduction • Flexibility CPS-based ad hoc networking enables dynamic configuration of different aspects of business processes, such as quality, time, risk, robustness, price and eco-friendliness. This facilitates continuous “trimming” of materials and supply chains. It also means that engineering processes can be made more agile, manufacturing processes can be changed, temporary shortages (e.g. due to supply issues) can be compensated for and huge increases in output can be achieved in a short space of time. • Optimised decision-taking In order to succeed in a global market, it is becom- ing critical to be able to take the right decisions, often at very short notice. Industrie 4.0 provides end-to-end transparency in real time, allowing early verification of design decisions in the sphere of engineering and both more flexible responses to disruption and global optimisation across all of a company’s sites in the sphere of production. • Resource productivity and efficiency The overarching strategic goals for industrial manufacturing processes still apply to Industrie 4.0: delivering the highest possible output of products from a given volume of resources (resource produc- tivity) and using the lowest possible amount of resources to deliver a particular output (resource efficiency). CPS allows manufacturing processes to be optimised on a case-by-case basis across the entire value network. Moreover, rather than having to stop production, systems can be continuously optimised during production in terms of their resource and energy consumption or reducing their emissions.14 • Creating value opportunities through new services Industrie 4.0 opens up new ways of creating value and new forms of employment, for example through downstream services. Smart algorithms can be applied to the large quantities of diverse data (big data) recorded by smart devices in order to provide innovative services. There are particu- larly significant opportunities for SMEs and startups to develop B2B (business-to-business) services for Industrie 4.0. • Responding to demographic change in the workplace In conjunction with work organisation and compe- tency development initiatives, interactive collabora- tion between human beings and technological systems will provide businesses with new ways of turning demographic change to their advantage. In the face of the shortage of skilled labour and the growing diversity of the workforce (in terms of age, gender and cultural background), Industrie 4.0 will enable diverse and flexible career paths that will allow people to keep working and remain produc- tive for longer. • Work-Life-Balance The more flexible work organisation models of companies that use CPS mean that they are well placed to meet the growing need of employees to strike a better balance between their work and their private lives and also between personal develop- ment and continuing professional development. Smart assistance systems, for example, will provide new opportunities to organise work in a way that delivers a new standard of flexibility to meet companies’ requirements and the personal needs of employees. As the size of the workforce declines, this will give CPS companies a clear advantage when it comes to recruiting the best employees. • A high-wage economy that is still competitive Industrie 4.0’s dual strategy will allow Germany to develop its position as a leading supplier and also become the leading market for Industrie 4.0 solutions. However, Industrie 4.0 will not pose an exclusively technological or IT-related challenge to the relevant in- dustries. The changing technology will also have far- reaching organisational implications, providing an op- portunity to develop new business and corporate models and facilitating greater employee engagement. Germany successfully implemented the third Industrial Revolution (“Industrie 3.0”) during the early 1980s by delivering more flexible automated manufacturing through the integration of Programmable Logic Con- trollers (PLCs) into manufacturing technology whilst at the same time managing the impact on the workforce
  • 19. Industrie 4.0 17 1Introduction through an approach based on social partnership. Its strong industrial base, successful software industry and know-how in the field of semantic technologies15 mean that Germany is extremely well-placed to imple- ment Industrie 4.0. It should be possible to overcome the current obstacles, such as technology acceptance issues or the limited pool of skilled workers on the la- bour market. However, it will only be possible to secure the future of German industry if all the relevant stake- holders work together to unlock the potential offered by the Internet of Things and Services for manufacturing industry. Since 2006, the German government has been pro- moting the Internet of Things and Services16 under its High-Tech Strategy. Several technology programmes have also been successfully launched. The Industry- Science Research Alliance is now progressing this ini- tiative at a cross-sectoral level through the Industrie 4.0 project. The establishment of the Industrie 4.0 Platform with a Secretariat provided jointly by the professional associations BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI was the logical next step in its implementation. The next task will be to produce R&D roadmaps for the key priority themes. Securing the future of German manufacturing in- dustry – this is the goal that the partners in the Indus- trie 4.0 Platform have set themselves. The Platform in- vites all the relevant stakeholders to continue exploring the opportunities provided by Industrie 4.0 so that to- gether we can help to ensure successful implementa- tion of its revolutionary vision. 1 “Over the past thirty years, the ongoing computer revolution has transformed the world in which we live, probably more radically than anything in the previous 200 years. It has also had a radical impact on the world of work that can only be compared in scale to the first Industrial Revolution.” Quotation from Kornwachs, Klaus: Ergänzung und Verdrängung der Arbeit durch Technik – Eine Herausforder- ung für die Technikwissenschaften (Enhancement and Replacement of Jobs by Technology – a challenge for engineering science), in: ibid. (Ed.): Bedingungen und Triebkräfte technologischer Innovationen (Enablers and Drivers of Technological Innovation) (acatech DISCUSSES), Fraunhofer IRB Verlag, Stuttgart 2007, p. 177 2 Launched in the summer of 2012, Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) replaces the previous version 4 of the protocol. IPv6 uses 128-bit IP addresses instead of the 32-bit addresses that were previously in use, increasing the number of addresses available from 4.3 billion to 340 sextillion. 3 The phenomenon that we refer to as Industrie 4.0 is given different names around the globe. Other terms used include the “Industrial Internet” and the “3rd Industrial Revolution”, see also Chapter 6. 4 For more on innovation and future technology scenarios, see acatech (Ed.): Technikzukünfte. Vorausden- ken – Erstellen – Bewerten (Future Technology Scenarios. Planning, Production and Evaluation) (acatech IMPULSE), Heidelberg et al.: Springer Verlag 2012, p.16, which contains the following observation: “When thinking about the future, it is crucial to avoid considering technological innovations outside of their sociocultural context. For example, the future role of different energy carriers will be largely determined by how well they are accepted by society, the state of the economy and the global political situation. Terms like ‘innovation systems’ and ‘culture of innovation’ bear witness to the recent trend to place greater emphasis on this broader sociocultural context.” 5 This report focuses on discussing the potential of Industrie 4.0 with regard to technological innovation. 6 Globalised manufacturing is already a reality today, as witnessed in the automotive industry, for example. “German” cars are in fact now international products made with components from Asia, Europe and the US and are even assembled in their respective target markets. However, the use of information technol- ogy in this context has hitherto largely failed to reflect the existence of these logistics and manufacturing networks. Currently, IT systems still tend not to cross company or factory boundaries. 7 A look at the past also demonstrates IT’s huge potential for changing the way we do things: “From a technical perspective, an end-to-end information flow will be key to future factory designs, with elec- tronic data processing enabling all parts of the factory to be connected to each other through a global information system. The highest level of computerised factory organisation is characterised by a strategy for integrating the individual subsystems.”, in: Spur, Günther: Evolution der industriellen Produktion, in Spur, Günther (Ed.): Optionen zukünftiger Produktionssysteme, Berlin, Akademie Verlag 1997, p. 23. 8 With annual sales totalling 200.5 billion euros and a workforce of around 931,000 (average figure for 2011), the machinery and plant manufacturing industry is an extremely important part of the German economy. 9 Wirtschaftswoche Ranking, WiWo, 4/2013, pp. 40-50. 10 VDMA: Tendenzbefragung. Internationale Wettbewerbsposition des deutschen Maschinen- und An- lagebaus (Survey of Current Trends. Global Competitive Position of German Machinery and Plant Manu- facturers), October 2012. 11 Federal Statistical Office, figures for 2011. Available online at: http://de.statista.com/statistik/daten/ studie/151019/umfrage/exportgueter-aus-deutschland/ 12 VDMA: Tendenzbefragung. Internationale Wettbewerbsposition des deutschen Maschinen- und An- lagebaus (Survey of Current Trends. Global Competitive Position of German Machinery and Plant Manu- facturers), October 2012. 13 See the German government’s High-Tech Strategy (HTS) Action Plan, Strategic Initiative Industrie 4.0, p. 52ff. Available online at: http://www.bmbf.de/pub/HTS-Aktionsplan.pdf 14 See Vogel-Heuser, Birgit et al.: Forschungsfragen in “Produktautomatisierung der Zukunft“ (Research Issues in “Future Product Automation”), (acatech MATERIALS), Munich 2012, p. 28. 15 Under the auspices of the “Internet of Services” flagship project, the German government funded the THESEUS research programme between 2007 and 2012 in order to promote the development and trialling of new, Internet-based knowledge infrastructures geared towards making better use and maximising the value of the knowledge available through the Internet. The research programme focused on semantic technologies that, instead of detecting content (words, images, sounds) using conventional approaches (e.g. letter combinations), are capable of recognising and classifying the semantic content of information. More information is available online at: http://www.bmwi.de/DE/Themen/Digitale-Welt/ Internet-der-Zukunft/internet-der-dienste,did=360458.html 16 For more details, see: Promotorengruppe Kommunikation der Forschungsunion Wirtschaft – Wissen- schaft (Ed.): Im Fokus: Das Zukunftsprojekt Industrie 4.0 – Handlungsempfehlungen zur Umsetzung (Communication Promoters Group Report), Berlin, 2012.
  • 20. 2 The vision: Industrie 4.0 as part of a smart, networked world
  • 21. Industrie 4.0 19 2Thevision 2 The vision: Industrie 4.0 as part of a smart, networked world In a “smart, networked world”, the Internet of Things and Services will make its presence felt in all of the key areas.1 This transformation is leading to the emergence of smart grids in the field of energy supply, sustainable mobility strategies (smart mobility, smart logistics) and smart health in the realm of healthcare. In the manufac- turing environment, vertical networking, end-to-end en- gineering and horizontal integration across the entire value network of increasingly smart products and sys- tems is set to usher in the fourth stage of industrialisa- tion – “Industrie 4.0”. Industrie 4.0 is focused on creating smart products, procedures and processes. Smart factories constitute a key feature of Industrie 4.0. Smart factories are capa- ble of managing complexity, are less prone to disrup- tion and are able to manufacture goods more efficiently. In the smart factory, human beings, machines and re- sources communicate with each other as naturally as in a social network. Smart products know the details of how they were manufactured and how they are intend- ed to be used. They actively support the manufacturing process, answering questions such as “when was I made?”, “which parameters should be used to process me?”, “where should I be delivered to?”, etc. Its inter- faces with smart mobility, smart logistics and smart grids will make the smart factory a key component of tomorrow’s smart infrastructures. This will result in the transformation of conventional value chains and the emergence of new business models.2 Industrie 4.0 should therefore not be approached in isolation but should be seen as one of a number of key areas where action is needed. Consequently, Industrie 4.0 should be implemented in an interdisciplinary man- ner and in close cooperation with the other key areas (see Fig. 2). 2.1 Shaping the vision of Industrie 4.0 Achieving the paradigm shift required to deliver Indus- trie 4.0 is a long-term project and will involve a gradual process. Throughout this process, it will be key to en- sure that the value of existing manufacturing systems is preserved. At the same time, it will be necessary to come up with migration strategies that deliver benefits from an early stage (see also Chapters 3 and 5.4). Nev- ertheless, innovations constituting a quantum leap may arise in some individual sectors. Smart Grids Smart LogisticsSmart Mobility CPS Smart Buildings Internet of Things Internet of Services Smart Product Figure 2: Industry 4.0 and smart factories as part of the Internet of Things and Services Smart Factory
  • 22. 20 Industrie 4.0 2Thevision If German industry is to survive and prosper, it will need to play an active role in shaping this fourth industrial revolution. It will be necessary to draw on the tradition- al strengths of German industry and the German re- search community: • Market leadership in machinery and plant manufacturing • A globally significant cluster of IT competencies • A leading innovator in embedded systems and automation engineering • A highly-skilled and highly-motivated workforce • Proximity to and in some cases close cooperation between suppliers and users • Outstanding research and training facilities In implementing Industrie 4.0, the aim is to create an optimal overall package by leveraging existing techno- logical and economic potential through a systematic innovation process drawing on the skills, performance and know-how of Germany’s workforce. Industrie 4.0 will focus on the following overarching aspects: • Horizontal integration through value networks • End-to-end digital integration of engineering across the entire value chain • Vertical integration and networked manufacturing systems These aspects are considered in more detail in Chap- ter 3 in the context of the dual strategy. 2.2 What will the future look like under Industrie 4.0? Industrie 4.0 will deliver greater flexibility and robust- ness together with the highest quality standards in engineering, planning, manufacturing, operational and logistics processes. It will lead to the emergence of dynamic, real-time optimised, self-organising value chains that can be optimised based on a variety of criteria such as cost, availability and resource con- sumption. This will require an appropriate regulatory framework as well as standardised interfaces and har- monised business processes. The following aspects characterise the vision for In- dustrie 4.0: • It will be characterised by a new level of socio- technical interaction between all the actors and resources involved in manufacturing. This will revolve around networks of manufacturing resourc- es (manufacturing machinery, robots, conveyor and warehousing systems and production facili- ties) that are autonomous, capable of controlling themselves in response to different situations, self-configuring, knowledge-based, sensor- equipped and spatially dispersed and that also incorporate the relevant planning and management systems. As a key component of this vision, smart factories will be embedded into inter-company value networks and will be characterised by end-to-end engineering that encompasses both the manufacturing process and the manufactured In the fields of production and automation engineering and IT, horizontal integration refers to the integration of the various IT systems used in the different stages of the manufacturing and business planning processes that involve an exchange of materials, energy and information both within a company (e.g. inbound logistics, production, outbound logistics, marketing) and between several different companies (value networks). The goal of this integration is to deliver an end-to-end solution. In the fields of production and automation engineering and IT, vertical integration refers to the integration of the various IT systems at the different hierarchical levels (e.g. the actuator and sensor, control, production management, manufacturing and execution and corporate planning levels) in order to deliver an end-to-end solution.
  • 23. Industrie 4.0 21 2Thevision product, achieving seamless convergence of the digital and physical worlds. Smart factories will make the increasing complexity of manufacturing processes manageable for the people who work there and will ensure that production can be simultaneously attractive, sustainable in an urban environment and profitable. • The smart products in Industrie 4.0 are uniquely identifiable and may be located at all times. Even while they are being made, they will know the details of their own manufacturing process. This means that, in certain sectors, smart products will be able to control the individual stages of their production semi-autonomously. Moreover, it will be possible to ensure that finished goods know the parameters within which they can function opti- mally and are able to recognise signs of wear and tear throughout their life cycle. This information can be pooled in order to optimise the smart factory in terms of logistics, deployment and maintenance and for integration with business management applications. • In the future under Industrie 4.0, it will be possible to incorporate individual customer- and product- specific features into the design, configuration, ordering, planning, production, operation and recycling phases. It will even be possible to incor- porate last-minute requests for changes immedi- ately before or even during manufacturing and potentially also during operation. This will make it possible to manufacture one-off items and very small quantities of goods profitably. • Implementation of the Industrie 4.0 vision will enable employees to control, regulate and configure smart manufacturing resource networks and manufacturing steps based on situation- and context-sensitive targets. Employees will be freed up from having to perform routine tasks, enabling them to focus on creative, value-added activities. They will thus retain a key role, particularly in terms of quality assurance. At the same time, flexible working conditions will enable greater compatibility between their work and their personal needs. » The Internet of Things and Services harbours huge po- tential for innovation in man- ufacturing. If we also suc- ceed in integrating Web-based services into Industrie 4.0 we will increase the scope of this potential immeasurably. «Dr. Johannes Helbig Deutsche Post AG Member of the Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science Research Alliance
  • 24. 22 Industrie 4.0 2Thevision • Implementation of the vision for Industrie 4.0 will require further expansion of the relevant network infrastructure and specification of network service quality through service level agreements. This will make it possible to meet the need for high band- widths for data-intensive applications and for service providers to guarantee run times for time-critical applications. 2.3 Novel business opportunities and models Industrie 4.0 will lead to the development of new busi- ness and partnership models that are far more geared towards meeting individual, last-minute customer re- quirements. These models will also enable SMEs to use services and software systems that they are unable to afford under current licensing and business models. The new business models will provide solutions to is- sues such as dynamic pricing that takes account of customers’ and competitors’ situations and issues re- lating to the quality of service level agreements (SLAs) in a context characterised by networking and coopera- tion between business partners. They will strive to en- sure that the potential business benefits are shared fairly among all the stakeholders in the value chain, in- cluding the new ones. Broader regulatory requirements such as cutting CO2 emissions (see Chapter 5.8) can and should be integrated into these business models so that they can be met collectively by the partners in the business networks (see Fig. 3). Industrie 4.0 use case scenarios relating e.g. to “net- worked manufacturing”, “self-organising adaptive logis- tics” and “customer-integrated engineering” will require business models that will primarily be implemented by what could be a highly dynamic network of businesses rather than by a single company. This will raise a num- ber of questions regarding financing, development, reli- ability, risk, liability and IP and know-how protection. As far as the organisation of the network and the qualified differentiation of its services is concerned, it will be cru- cial to ensure that responsibilities are correctly as- signed within the business network, backed up by the relevant binding documentation. Detailed monitoring of the business models in real time3 will also play a key role in documenting processing steps and system statuses to demonstrate that the contractual and regulatory conditions have been com- Figure 3: Horizontal value network Factory 1 Engineering Factory 2 Factory 3 Production Marketing and Sales Engineering Production Marketing and Sales Engineering Production Marketing and Sales Management and Planning Suppliers and Subcontractors Customers External Designer Smart Grid KPI Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013
  • 25. Industrie 4.0 23 2Thevision plied with. The individual steps of the business pro- cesses will be tracked at all times, providing documen- tary evidence of their completion (see also 5.7). In order to ensure efficient provision of individual services, it will be necessary to establish exactly what the rele- vant service life cycle might look like, which promises can be guaranteed and which licence models and con- ditions would allow new partners – especially SMEs – to join the business networks. In view of the above, it is likely that Industrie 4.0 will give rise to unpredictable global effects and a highly dynamic environment. The disruptive nature of new technologies and their impact on legal issues (e.g. with regard to technology, sensitive corporate data, liability, data protection, trade restrictions, use of cryptography, etc) can pose a threat to the enforceability of existing legislation. Short innovation cycles result in the need for constant updating of the regulatory framework and cause chronic failings in terms of enforcement. It will therefore be necessary to adopt a new approach whereby technologies are tested for their compatibility with the law both prior to and during their development (see Chapter 5.7). Another factor that is key to the suc- cess of the Industrie 4.0 initiative is the topic of safety and security (see Chapter 5.4). Once again, a far more proactive approach will be required in this area. Fur- thermore, it will be important to ensure that the concept of Security by Design is not simply confined to func- tional components. 2.4 New social infrastructures in the workplace Industrie 4.0 will bring a number of innovations to a country that is in the throes of demographic change – Germany has the second oldest population in the world, after Japan, whilst the average age of the work- force at many German manufacturing companies is in the mid-forties. The number of young employees is in constant decline and there is already a shortage of skilled labour and applicants for apprenticeships in cer- tain professions. In order to ensure that demographic change does not occur at the expense of current living standards, it will be necessary for Germany to make better use of its existing labour market reserves for In- dustrie 4.0 whilst at the same time maintaining and im- proving the productivity of the workforce. It will be es- pecially important to increase the proportion of older people and women in employment. The latest research indicates that individual productivity does not depend on a person’s age but is instead connected with the amount of time they have been in a particular position, the way that their work is organised and their working environment. If productivity is to be maintained and in- creased over the course of longer working lives, it will therefore be necessary to coordinate and transform several different aspects of the workplace, including health management and work organisation, lifelong learning and career path models, team structures and knowledge management.4 This is a challenge that will have to be met not just by businesses but in particular also by the education system. Thus, it will not only be new technical, business and legal factors that determine Germany’s future competitive- ness, it will also be the new social infrastructures in the Industrie 4.0 workplace that have the capacity to achieve far greater structural involvement of workers in the innovation process. An important role will also be played by the paradigm shift in human-technology and human-environment interaction brought about by Industrie 4.0, with novel forms of collaborative factory work that can be per- formed outside of the factory in virtual, mobile work- places. Employees will be supported in their work by smart assistance systems with multimodal, user-friend- ly user interfaces. In addition to comprehensive training and CPD meas- ures, work organisation and design models will be key to enabling a successful transition that is welcomed by the workforce. These models should combine a high degree of self-regulated autonomy with decentralised leadership and management approaches. Employees should have greater freedom to make their own deci- sions, become more actively engaged and regulate their own workload. The socio-technical approach of the Industrie 4.0 initiative will unlock new potential for developing ur- gently needed innovations, based on a greater aware- ness of the importance of human work in the innovation process.
  • 26. 24 Industrie 4.0 2Thevision 2.5 Novel service-based, real-time enabled CPS platforms The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 will give rise to novel CPS platforms geared towards supporting collabora- tive industrial business processes and the associated business networks for all aspects of smart factories and smart product life cycles. The services and applications provided by these plat- forms will connect people, objects and systems to each other (see Fig. 4) and will possess the following features: • Flexibility provided by rapid and simple orchestra- tion of services and applications, including CPS- based software • Simple allocation and deployment of business processes along the lines of the App Stores model • Comprehensive, secure and reliable backup of the entire business process • Safety, security and reliability for everything from sensors to user interfaces • Support for mobile end devices • Support for collaborative manufacturing, service, analysis and forecasting processes in business networks. In the context of the business networks, there is a par- ticular need for IT development work with regard to the orchestration of services and applications on shared CPS platforms, since this is where the specific requirements for horizontal and vertical integration of CPS, applications and services arise in industrial business processes (see also Chapter 5.1). For In- dustrie 4.0, it is important to interpret the term ‘or- chestration’ more broadly than is usually the case in the context of web services. It should explicitly include the setting up of shared services and applications in collaborative inter-company processes and business networks. Issues such as safety and security, confi- dence, reliability, usage, operator model convergence, real-time analysis and forecasting will all need to be reviewed for the orchestration and subsequent effi- Source: Bosch Software Innovations 2012 Internet of People 106-108 Internet of Things 107-109 Internet of Services 104-106 CPS- platforms Smart Building Smart Grid Smart Factory Smart Home Social Web Business Web Figure 4: The Internet of Things and Services – Networking people, objects and systems
  • 27. Industrie 4.0 25 2Thevision cient, reliable, safe and secure operation of collabora- tive manufacturing and service processes as well as for the execution of dynamic business processes on CPS platforms. Among other things, this will involve addressing the challenges posed by the wide range of different data sources and end devices. The require- ments referred to above are currently met in only a very rudimentary fashion by generic cloud infrastruc- ture initiatives. Inter-company use of CPS platforms by IT, software and service providers and by the users themselves will require an Industrie 4.0 reference ar- chitecture that will need to take account of the differ- ent perspectives of the ICT and manufacturing indus- tries (see Chapter 5.1). Modelled methods will be required to develop new applications and services for these CPS platforms, in order to manage the com- plexity resulting from increasing functionality, customi- sation, dynamism and cooperation between different disciplines and organisations (see Chapter 5.2). Availability of a secure and efficient network infrastruc- ture with high bandwidths will be key to guaranteeing the necessary secure data exchange (see Chapter 5.3). 2.6 The road to Industrie 4.0 Implementing the vision of Industrie 4.0 will involve an evo- lutionary process that will progress at different rates in in- dividual companies and sectors. A survey on the “pros- pects for Industrie 4.0” carried out at the beginning of the year by the professional associations BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI confirmed the importance of this topic for the competitiveness of German industry and documented the need for fuller and more targeted information (see Fig. 5). Some 47 percent of the companies in the survey5 said that they were already actively engaged with Industrie 4.0. 18 percent of these companies said that they were in- volved in research into Industrie 4.0, whilst 12 percent claimed that they were already putting it into practice. Figure 5: Results of survey on Industrie 4.0 trends (January 2013) 278 companies took part in the survey, mainly from the machinery and plant manufacturing industry. 205 of the companies that took part had fewer than 500 employees. What are the greatest challenges connected with implementing Industrie 4.0? (you may select more than one answer) What support measures would you like to assist you with implementation of Industrie 4.0? * The figures refer to the number of companies ** Average score based on answers provided by all companies Source: BITKOM, VDMA, ZVEI 2013 Are you already engaged with Industrie 4.0? Yes: 131* No: 133 How are you engaging with this topic? Obtaining information about it Involved in research Putting it into practice 33 51 112 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 Manufacturer: 4 / important** How important is Industrie 4.0 for your competitiveness as a: Not at all important Indispensable Not at all important Indispensable User: 3 / average 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 Standardisation Process/work organisation Product availability New business models Security know-how protection Research Training and CPD Lack of specialist staff Regulatory framework 98 85 78 70 64 42 30 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 147 129 109 78 66 60 41 Training courses/seminars Involvement in research projects Involvement in working groups Online forums Opportunity to share experiences Regular newsletter 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 162
  • 28. 26 Industrie 4.0 2Thevision TAKE-HOME MESSAGE: In conjunction with smart production, smart logistics, smart grids and smart products, the increasing use of the Internet of Things and Services in manufacturing will transform value chains and lead to the emer- gence of new business models. The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 will leverage the existing technological and commercial potential. Indus- trie 4.0 offers the prospect of new business opportunities and innovative new social infrastructures in the workplace. The three greatest challenges connected with imple- menting the vision were identified as standardisation, work organisation and product availability. Alongside active involvement in working groups, other support measures requested by companies to aid them with implementation of Industrie 4.0 include targeted seminars where they can share experiences and regu- lar newsletters. The professional associations will play an important role in ensuring a steady flow of communi- cation, working closely with the social partners, the academic community and the public. Approximately 50 percent of the companies surveyed said that they had already received information about Industrie 4.0 through their professional associations. In addition to the above, the Working Group considers the following measures to be key to enabling a smooth transition to Industrie 4.0 for businesses: • Implementation of real-time enabled CPS solutions will place high demands on the availability of services and network infrastructure in terms of space, technical quality and reliability. In order to secure Germany’s competitiveness internationally, harmoni- sation of services and business models through the introduction of the relevant international standards should be supported by policymakers both nationally and globally (see also Chapters 5.1 and 5.3). • Business processes in manufacturing are currently often still static and implemented through extremely inflexible software systems. However, they cannot simply be replaced overnight by service-oriented systems. It will be essential to integrate new technologies into older ones (or vice versa) – old systems will need to be upgraded with real-time enabled systems. • The rate of development of new business models for manufacturing in the Internet of Things and Services will approach the rate of development and dynamism of the Internet itself. • Employees will be involved at an early stage in the innovative socio-technical design of work organisa- tion, CPD and technological development (see Chapter 5.5). • In order to achieve the transition to Industrie 4.0, it will be necessary for the ICT industry (that is accustomed to short innovation cycles) to work closely with machinery and plant manufacturers and mechatronic system suppliers (who tend to think in terms of much longer innovation cycles) in order to develop business models that are acceptable to all the partners. 1 In 2009, the Industry-Science Research Alliance identified five key areas for action: climate/energy, mobility, health, security and communication; more information online at: www.forschungsunion.de. 2 Since the 3rd industrial revolution, ICT has not only been used in manufacturing in order to optimise costs and efficiency, but also in processes that touch on or overlap with manufacturing such as logistics, diag- nostics, quality assurance, maintenance, energy management or human resource planning. However, the different IT systems have developed separately over time and the separate evolution and predominantly closed nature of their architectures means that technically it would be extremely complex to integrate them. This makes it exceptionally difficult to achieve comprehensive networking of IT systems and flexible reconfiguration of manufacturing systems, meaning that it is often simply not possible to take advantage of the potential offered by this approach. In Industrie 4.0, these restrictions will no longer apply. 3 “Real time” refers to data processing that occurs synchronously with events in the real world, as opposed to data processing where a delay is involved. 4 See Altern in Deutschland, Vol. 9: Gewonnene Jahre, Empfehlungen der Akademiengruppe, Nova Acta leopoldina NF No. 371, Vol. 107, Stuttgart 2009, p. 49, 56. Immigrants and low-skilled workers (if they receive further training) also constitute sources of untapped potential for the labour market, see OECD: Zuwanderung ausländischer Arbeitskräfte: Deutschland, 2013, available online at: http://www.oecd-ilibrary.org/social-issues-migration-health/zuwanderung-auslandischer-arbeitskrafte- deutschland-german-version_9789264191747-de 5 278 companies participated in the survey, Source: BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI, January 2013.
  • 29. Currently, many production lines or parts thereof continue running and consuming high quantities of energy during breaks, weekends and shifts where there is no production. For example, 12 percent of the total energy consumption of a vehicle body as- sembly line that uses laser welding technology occurs during breaks in production. The line operates five days a week on a three shift pattern. Although this complex piece of machinery is not in use over the weekend, it remains powered up so that it can resume production immediately once the weekend is over. 90 percent of power consumption during breaks in pro- duction is accounted for by the following: robots (20 to 30 percent), extractors (35 to 100 percent) and laser sources and their cooling systems (0 to 50 percent). Measures to leverage energy efficiency potential: In the future, robots will be powered down as a matter of course even during short breaks in production. Dur- ing longer breaks in production they will enter a kind of standby mode known as Wake-On-LAN mode.1 The extractors will use speed-controlled motors that can be adjusted to meet requirements instead of motors that cannot be controlled in this way. In the case of the laser sources, completely new systems are the only way of delivering improvements. Taken together, these measures enable a reduction of 12 percent of total energy consumption to be achieved(from45,000kWh/wtoapprox.40,000kWh/w), together with a 90 percent cut in energy consumption during breaks in production. These energy efficiency considerations should be taken into account right from the earliest stages when designing CPS. Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Day Potential savings over the weekend Electricityconsumption Quelle: Siemens 2013 Source: Siemens 2013 Potential savings during planned and unplanned breaks in production Electricityconsumption 24 hours Today, energy efficiency is already an important requirement for machinery. A key enabler for meeting this require- ment is the ability to systematically power down inactive parts of a line during breaks in production. Industrie 4.0 will make greater use of the opportunities that exist to do this by ensuring that this capability is consistently inte- grated into the planning and operation of production facilities. Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun Mon Tue Day Potential savings over the weekend Electricityconsumption Quelle: Siemens 2013 Source: Siemens 2013 Potential savings during planned and unplanned breaks in production Electricityconsumption 24 hours Tomorrow Today POTENTIAL BENEFITS Coordinated power-up and power-down of parts of a vehicle body assembly line leads to improved energy efficiency. Whilst the cost/risk ratio and cost-effectiveness of upgrading existing machinery are not very attractive, this approach will become an established technical standard for the new machines that will be developed by Industrie 4.0’s leading suppliers, enabling improved energy efficiency to be achieved. EXAMPLE APPLICATION 1: Reducing the energy consumed by a vehicle body assembly line while it is not in use 1 The robots are controlled using PROFIenergy
  • 30. 3 The dual strategy: becoming a leading market and supplier
  • 31. Industrie 4.0 29 3Thedualstrategy 3 The dual strategy: becoming a leading market and supplier The fourth industrial revolution (Industrie 4.0) holds huge potential for manufacturing industry in Germany. In- creased deployment of CPS in German factories will strengthen German manufacturing industry by improving the efficiency of domestic production. At the same time, the development of CPS technology offers significant opportunities for exporting technologies and products. Consequently, the implementation of the Industrie 4.0 initiative should aim to leverage the market potential for German manufacturing industry1 through the adoption of a dual strategy comprising the deployment of CPS in manufacturing on the one hand and the marketing of CPS technology and products in order to strength- en Germany’s manufacturing equipment industry on the other. 3.1 Leading supplier strategy The leading supplier strategy addresses the potential of Industrie 4.0 from the point of view of the equipment supplier industry . German equipment suppliers provide manufacturing industry with world-leading technological solutions and are thus in pole position to become global leaders in the development, production and worldwide marketing of Industrie 4.0 products. The key is now to find smart ways of combining outstanding technological solutions with the new potential offered by information technology, in order to achieve a quantum leap in in- novation. It is this systematic combination of information and communication technology with traditional high-tech strategies that will enable rapidly changing markets and increasingly complex global market processes to be managed so that companies can carve out new market opportunities for themselves. • Existing basic IT technologies need to be adapt- ed to the specific requirements of manufactur- ing and continue to be developed with this particular application in mind. In order to achieve economies of scale and ensure widespread effectiveness, it will be necessary to enhance the manufacturing technology and IT systems of existing facilities with CPS capabilities as part of the strategy for migrating to Industrie 4.0. At the same time, it will be necessary to develop models and strategies for designing and implementing CPS manufacturing structures at new sites. • If Germany wishes to achieve its goal of lasting leadership as a supplier of Industrie 4.0 equipment, research, technology and training initiatives should be promoted as a matter of priority with a view to developing methodologies and pilot applica- tions in the field of automation engineering modelling and system optimisation (see Chapter 5.2). • Another key challenge will be to use the technol- ogy to create novel value networks. This will involve developing new business models, particularly ones that link products with the appro- priate services. 3.2 Leading market strategy The leading market for Industrie 4.0 is Germany’s domes- tic manufacturing industry. In order to shape and suc- cessfully expand this leading market, close networking of parts of businesses located at different sites will be re- quired, together with closer cooperation between differ- ent enterprises. This will in turn require logical, end-to- end digital integration of the different value creation stages and the life cycles of products, product ranges and the corresponding manufacturing systems. One par- ticular challenge will be to achieve simultaneous inte- gration into these emerging new value networks of both large-scale undertakings that already operate globally today and SMEs that often still operate only at a regional level. The strength of Germany’s manufac- turing industry is in no small measure due to a balanced structure comprising a large number of small and medi- um-sized enterprises and a smaller number of large-scale undertakings. However, many SMEs are not prepared for the structural changes that Industrie 4.0 will entail, either because they lack the requisite specialist staff or be- cause of a cautious or even sceptical attitude towards a technology strategy that they are still unfamiliar with.
  • 32. 30 Industrie 4.0 3Thedualstrategy One key strategy for integrating SMEs into global value networks is therefore the design and implementation of a comprehensive knowledge and technology transfer initiative. For example, pilot applications and best practice examples of networks of large-scale in- dustrial undertakings and SMEs could help to make the potential of networked value chains more visible and convince small and medium-sized enterprises to adopt the methodological and organisational tools and tech- nologies of the leading suppliers. This would remove the barriers to SMEs becoming acquainted with CPS methodologies, taking them on board and implement- ing them in their own businesses. In order to make this possible, it will be essential to ac- celerate the use and development of the technological infrastructure, including high-speed broadband data transmission (see Chapter 5.3). In parallel, it will also be important to educate and train skilled workers (see Chapter 5.6) whilst simultaneously developing custom- ised and efficient organisational designs for complex working arrangements (see Chapter 5.5). 3.3 The dual strategy and its key features Optimal delivery of Industrie 4.0’s goals will only be possible if the leading supplier and leading market strategies are coordinated to ensure that their poten- tial benefits complement each other. Hereafter, this approach will be referred to as the dual strategy. The strategy incorporates three key features (see also Chapter 2.1): • Development of inter-company value chains and networks through horizontal integration • Digital end-to-end engineering across the entire value chain of both the product and the associated manufacturing system • Development, implementation and vertical integra- tion of flexible and reconfigurable manufacturing systems within businesses These features are the key enablers for manufacturers to achieve a stable position in the face of highly volatile markets whilst flexibly adapting their value creation ac- » Germany’s economy is char- acterised by its strong in- dustrial base, particularly its machinery and plant manu- facturing, automotive and energy industries. Implemen- tation of Industrie 4.0 will be absolutely key to its future development – we cannot allow industry to come to a standstill. « Ernst Burgbacher Parliamentary State Secretary Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology
  • 33. Industrie 4.0 31 3Thedualstrategy tivities in response to changing market requirements. The features outlined under this dual CPS strategy will allow manufacturing companies to achieve rapid, on- time, fault-free production at market prices in the con- text of a highly dynamic market. 3.3.1 Horizontal integration through value networks Models, designs and implementations of horizontal in- tegration through value networks should provide an- swers to the following key question: How can companies’ business strategies, new val- ue networks and new business models be sustain- ably supported and implemented using CPS? This question applies in equal measure to the realms of research, development and application (see Fig. 6). In addition to “business models” and “forms of coop- eration between different companies”, it is also neces- sary to address topics such as “sustainability”, “know- how protection”, “standardisation strategies” and “medium to long-term training and staff development initiatives”. 3.3.2 End-to-end engineering across the entire value chain The following key question arises in connection with the goal of achieving end-to-end digital integration throughout the engineering process so that the digital and real worlds are integrated across a product’s entire value chain and across different companies whilst also incorporating customer requirements: How can CPS be used to deliver end-to-end busi- ness processes including the engineering work- flow? In this regard, modelling plays a key role in managing the increasing complexity of technological systems (see Chapter 5.2). The appropriate IT systems should be deployed in order to provide end-to-end support to the entire value chain, from product development to manufacturing system engineering, production and ser- vice (see Fig. 7). A holistic systems engineering ap- proach is required that spans the different technical disciplines. For this to be possible, engineers will need to receive the appropriate training. Figure 6: Horizontal integration through value networks Source: Siemens 2012 Figure 7: End-to-end engineering across the entire value chain Services Production Production engineering Product design and development Production planning Source: Siemens 2012
  • 34. 32 Industrie 4.0 3Thedualstrategy 3.3.3 Vertical integration and networked manufacturing systems As far as vertical integration is concerned, the following key question needs to be answered: How can CPS be used to create flexible and recon- figurable manufacturing systems? The setting for vertical integration is the factory. In tomor- row’s smart factories, manufacturing structures will not be fixed and predefined. Instead, a set of IT configuration rules will be defined that can be used on a case-by-case basis to automatically build a specific structure (topolo- gy ) for every situation, including all the associated re- quirements in terms of models, data, communication and algorithms (see Fig. 8). Figure 8: Vertical integration and networked manufacturing systems Source: Siemens 2012 In order to deliver vertical integration, it is essential to ensure end-to-end digital integration of actuator and sensor signals across different levels right up to the ERP level. It will also be necessary to develop modularisation and reuse strategies in order to enable ad hoc network- ing and reconfigurability of manufacturing systems, to- gether with the appropriate smart system capability de- scriptions. Moreover, foremen and operators will need to be trained to understand the impact of these approach- es on the running and operation of the manufacturing system. 1 Manufacturing industry includes all companies that manufacture (or have someone else manufacture) a physical product in a manufacturing system by processing raw materials and semi-finished products. This includes both machining and process-based processing. 2 The equipment supplier industry includes machinery and plant manufacturers, suppliers of automation products, systems and solutions and software companies that supply e.g. Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) systems, manufacturing or logistics software applications or business planning software systems. 3 Topology refers to the way that a manufacturing system is configured using manufacturing resources (e.g. machines, jobs, logistics) and the associated interactions (e.g. material flow). TAKE-HOME MESSAGE: Industrie 4.0 can serve to create horizontal value networks at a strategic level, provide end-to-end integra- tion across the entire value chain of the business process level, including engineering, and enable verti- cally integrated and networked design of manufacturing systems. Implementation of the strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 – both in terms of research funding and concrete devel- opment and implementation measures – should therefore be based on a dual strategy geared towards deliv- ering the twin goals of creating a leading market among Germany’s manufacturing companies and making Germany’s manufacturing equipment industry into a leading supplier.
  • 35. Today’s value chains – from customer requirements to product architectures and production – have often aris- en over a period of many years and tend to be relatively static. IT support systems exchange information via a variety of interfaces, but can only use this information with regard to specific individual cases. There is no global overview from the perspective of the product that is being manufactured. As a result, customers cannot freely select all of their product’s functions and features, even though technically it would be possible to allow them to do so. For example, it is possible to order a rear windscreen wiper for an estate car, but not for a limousine made by the same company. Further- more, IT system maintenance costs are currently still very high. The model-based development enabled through CPS allows the deployment of an end-to-end, modelled, digi- tal methodology that covers every aspect from custom- er requirements to product architecture and manufac- ture of the finished product. This enables all the interdependencies to be identified and depicted in an end-to-end engineering tool chain. The manufacturing system is developed in parallel based on the same para- digms, meaning that it always keeps pace with product development. As a result, it becomes feasible to manu- facture individual products. It is possible to preserve the value of the current in- stalled base by migrating to this tool chain gradually over a number of stages. End-to-end system engineering across the entire value chain Source: Siemens 2013 A variety of interfaces between IT support systems Source: Siemens 2013 Benefits: End-to-end digital system engineering and the resulting value chain optimisation will mean that customers no longer have to choose from a predefined range of products specified by the manufacturer but will instead be able to mix and match individual functions and components to meet their specific needs. End-to-end system engineering across the entire value chain Source: Siemens 2013 A variety of interfaces between IT support systems Source: Siemens 2013 Tomorrow Today POTENTIAL BENEFITS 1. Higher sales thanks to a larger market and higher customer satisfaction. 2. Reduction of internal operating costs through digital end-to-end integration of the value chain. EXAMPLE APPLICATION 2: End-to-end system engineering across the entire value chain
  • 37. Industrie 4.0 35 4Researchrequirements 4 Research requirements Although Industrie 4.0 will largely be implemented by industry itself, there is still a fundamental need for fur- ther research. The Industrie 4.0 Working Group identi- fied and presented the main medium- and long-term research requirements and actions in October 2012. These are summarised in the following section. The main aim of Industrie 4.0 is to implement a dual strategy (see Chapter 3) based on coordination of the leading supplier and leading market strategies. This should be supported by research activities. In Industrie 4.0, it is expected that the revolutionary applications will come about principally as a result of combining ICT with manufacturing and automation technology. For this to happen, existing CPS features will need to be adapted in the medium term for deployment in man- ufacturing systems. This will require machine and plant manufacturers’ strengths as integrators to be pooled with the competencies of the ICT and automation in- dustries to establish targeted, creative development processes for creating new CPS. The new level of net- working required to achieve end-to-end integration of product models, manufacturing resources and manu- facturing systems is going to necessitate a huge re- search and development effort in the longer term. The priority for future research is shifting towards the investigation and development of fully describ- able, manageable, context-sensitive and controlla- ble or self-regulating manufacturing systems. In the long term, these will consist of functional CPS components drawn from cross-discipline, modular tool- kits that can either be configured using help functions or integrate themselves synergistically into an existing infrastructure during production. It should also be pos- sible to achieve significantly enhanced integration of virtually planned and real manufacturing processes. In the long term, it will therefore be necessary for re- searchers to develop modular CPS and the corre- sponding component catalogues as a key feature of any model smart factory. A quantum leap in innovation will only be achieved if existing basic technologies are developed in an applied manner to meet the specific requirements of the manu- facturing environment. The resulting methods, ap- proaches and best practice examples will need to be disseminated across the different levels of the value networks in order to achieve cross-discipline knowl- edge and technology transfer. It is for this reason that the section on the dual strategy (see Chapter 3) has already provided an in-depth look at three of the five central research themes: 1. Horizontal integration through value networks 2. End-to-end engineering across the entire value chain 3. Vertical integration and networked manufacturing systems In the long term, this technology-driven research cen- tred around manufacturing system applications will re- sult in an increase in inter-company or inter-divisional interdisciplinary cooperation that will act as a strategic enabler for predominantly small and medium-sized ma- chinery and plant manufacturers. This will allow the in- dustry to respond much more swiftly to market require- ments and establish itself as the leading supplier of a wide range of new products, services and business models. However, interdisciplinarity will not come about purely through greater cooperation between engineers and automation engineers. The significant impact of the fourth industrial revolution on the industrial jobs of to- morrow is something that will have to be addressed both through research and at a practical level. This brings us to the fourth research requirement: 4. New social infrastructures in the workplace In the interests of social responsibility, it will be neces- sary to increase the involvement and promote the en- gagement of employees in terms of using their skills and experience with regard to both creative design and planning processes as well as in the operational work- ing environment. CPS will therefore require new work organisation structures covering the entire value net- work in order to boost employees’ productivity and pro- vide organisational structures that support individuals’ lifelong development.
  • 38. 36 Industrie 4.0 4Researchrequirements An interdisciplinary approach should be adopted to these issues, drawing on the expertise of a team comprising engineers, IT experts, psychologists, er- gonomists, social and occupational scientists, doc- tors and designers. The basic overview presented above indicates that practical methods and basic technologies to enable collaborative work in the realm of manufacturing and automation engineering are currently still widely una- vailable in many areas. In order to ensure that they can be used in different com- panies and industries with different IT systems, technical resources and competencies, the basic ICT technolo- gies need to be adapted to the requirements of automa- tion engineering. A further key to success will be the establishment of practical reference architectures. Among other things, this aspect relates to the need to establish service-based, real-time enabled infrastruc- tures as (or belonging to) ICT platforms for vertical and horizontal integration as already touched upon in Chap- ter 2. These infrastructures will need to be standardised so that they can be used by different companies and technologically orchestrated in order to enable the wide- spread creation of shared business networks through the establishment of the appropriate web services. This brings us to the final area where research and ac- tion are still required for Industrie 4.0: 5. Cyber-Physical Systems technology The consolidated research requirements have been broken down into the five research areas described in this section. The feedback received through the Indus- trie 4.0 Working Group, including contributions from » Through Industrie 4.0 we will also be enabling a paradigm shift in human-technology interaction. It will be machines that adapt to the needs of human beings and not vice versa. Smart industrial assis- tance systems with multimodal user interfaces will bring digi- tal learning technologies di- rectly into the workplace « Prof. Dr rer. nat. Dr h. c. mult. Wolfgang Wahlster CEO of the German Research Center for Artificial Intelligence (DFKI GmbH) Member of the Communication Promoters Group of the Industry-Science Research Alliance
  • 39. Industrie 4.0 37 4Researchrequirements 1 See research recommendations for CPS in manufacturing: “The deployment of Cyber-Physical Systems in manufacturing systems creates smart factories whose products, resources and processes are all characterised by Cyber-Physical Systems. Their specific qualities offer advantages over conventional manufacturing systems with regard to quality, time and costs. As part of the “Industrie 4.0” initiative launched in 2011, we recommend the establishment of a project geared towards removing technological TAKE-HOME MESSAGE: An intensive dialogue between the relevant ministries and the Industrie 4.0 Platform will be required in order to put together a comprehensive funding package for industry and the research community. The Industrie 4.0 Platform should ensure that its Industrial Steering Committee and Scientific Advisory Committee in- clude experts from the realms of manufacturing, automation and IT, legal and management experts and so- cial scientists. The Industrie 4.0 Platform’s Working Groups should invite additional experts from the re- search and business communities to assist with the immediate task of drawing up comprehensive R&D roadmaps that adapt the consolidated research recommendations to the specific requirements of each working group. In addition to facilitating discussions and informal exchanges within the Industrie 4.0 community, the Indus- trie 4.0 Platform should also identify potential synergies between the various projects and partnerships that are currently in existence. the business and research communities, builds on the recommendations of the Communication Promoters Group that were submitted to the Industry-Science Re- search Alliance in two reports in January and Septem- ber 2011. It remains desirable to implement these rec- ommendations, together with the outcomes of the BMBF-sponsored project “Integrated Research Agen- da Cyber-Physical Systems”1 and the BMWi study “Das wirtschaftliche Potential des Internets der Dien- ste” (The Economic Potential of the Internet of Servic- es). Consequently, they should be understood as refer- ring to the need to adapt basic ICT technologies to the requirements of automation and manufacturing engi- neering, including the continuation of efforts to address general research requirements in this regard. They should also be regarded as a concrete description of the actions required in order to implement the vision described above for the specific application of “indus- trial engineering”. In order to provide ideas and guidance for the make-up of the relevant funding programmes, the Industrie 4.0 Working Group has furthermore identified the key ac- tions and research requirements for the medium to long term. and economic barriers and accelerating the implementation and deployment of smart factories.” Quotation from: acatech (Ed.): Cyber-Physical Systems. Innovationsmotor für Mobilität, Gesundheit, Energie und Produktion (Cyber-Physical Systems. Driving force for innovation in mobility, health, energy and produc- tion) (acatech POSITION PAPER), Heidelberg et al.: Springer Verlag 2011, p. 35.
  • 40. 5 Priority areas for action
  • 41. Industrie 4.0 39 5Recommendedactions 5 Priority areas for action Industrie 4.0 is a complex initiative that embraces several partially overlapping areas. In October 2012, the Indus- trie 4.0 Working Group presented a comprehensive col- lection of medium- and long-term research recommen- dations. The following sections focus on the key priority areas where the Working Group believes that there is a need for concrete industrial policy and business deci- sions to be taken in order for the recommendations to be implemented. The Industrie 4.0 Platform was established in order to shape the implementation process. 5.1 Standardisation and open standards for a reference architecture If Industrie 4.0 is to enable inter-company networking and integration through value networks (see Chapter 3), the appropriate standards will need to be devel- oped. Standardisation efforts will need to focus on stipulating the cooperation mechanisms and the infor- mation that is to be exchanged. The complete technical description and implementation of these provisions is referred to as the reference architecture. The reference architecture is thus a general model that applies to the products and services of all the partner companies. It provides a framework for the structuring, development, integration and operation of the technological systems relevant to Industrie 4.0. It is provided in the shape of software applications and software services (see e.g. Fig. 9). Since the value network in Industrie 4.0 comprises several different companies with very different busi- ness models, the role of the reference architecture is to pull together these divergent approaches into one single, common approach. This will require the part- ners to agree on the basic structural principles, inter- faces and data. The example of a manufacturing system serves to out- line some of the different perspectives that would need to be integrated into a reference architecture (see Fig. 10): • The perspective of the manufacturing process in terms of processing and transport functions • The perspective of specific networked devices in a manufacturing system, such as (smart) automation devices, field devices, fieldbuses, programmable logic controllers, operating devices, mobile devices, servers, workstations, Web access devices, etc Requirements Access to markets and customers Knowledge of business areas and applications Model-based development platforms Connectivity (IPv6) Services Services Services Services Business Processes Business Processes App Solutions Compiling and networking of functions, data and processes Management of end devices and systems Level Applications Internet of Services Internet-based system & service platforms Internet of Things Mobility Town Energy Industry Company Buildings Figure 9: Reference architecture for connecting the Internet of Things with the Internet of Services Source: Bosch Software Innovations 2012
  • 42. 40 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions • The perspective of the software applications in the manufacturing environment, such as data acquisi- tion through sensors, sequential control, continuous control, interlocking, operational data, machine data, process data, archiving, trend analysis, planning and optimisation functions, etc • The perspective of the software applications used by one or more businesses, e.g. for business planning and management, inter-company logistics or supporting value networks, including the relevant interfaces and integration with the manufacturing environment • The engineering perspective in a manufacturing system (Product Lifecycle Management/PLM). For example, this could involve using data derived from the manufacturing process to plan the necessary resources (in terms of both machinery and human resources). It would subsequently be possible to successively optimise machines in terms of their mechanical, electrical and automa- tion technology properties, right up to the point where the manufacturing system is set up and brought online, whilst also taking operation and maintenance into account. Challenges The first challenge is to pull together the different es- tablished ways of seeing things that currently exist in the realms of • production engineering, mechanical engineering, process engineering, • automation engineering and • IT and the Internet and establish a common approach. Since Industrie 4.0 will require cooperation between companies in the machinery and plant manufacturing, automation engineering and software sectors, the first step will be to agree on a common basic terminology. Although several established standards are already in use by the various technical disciplines, professional associations and working groups, a coordinated over- view of these standards is currently lacking. It is there- fore necessary for existing standards e.g. in the field of automation (industrial communication, engineering, modelling, IT security, device integration, digital facto- ries) to be incorporated into a new global reference architecture. Figure 10: Examples of the different perspectives included in the Industrie 4.0 reference architecture Services Production Production engineering Product design and development Production planning Perspective: Engineering Perspective: Manufacturing process Perspective: Software Reference architecture Industrie 4.0 Perspective: Devices Business management software Production management software Control and regulation software Source: Siemens 2013
  • 43. Industrie 4.0 41 5Recommendedactions The reference architecture cannot be developed in a top-down manner since it will need to integrate several different perspectives and a top-down approach would in any case take far too long. It therefore makes sense for the reference architecture to be developed incre- mentally and from a variety of starting points. In this regard, it will be necessary for strategies that are cur- rently often implemented in a project-specific manner based on local circumstances to be gradually convert- ed into an international standard. In doing so, it will be important to ensure that interfaces remain technically stable for many years to come and to preserve the val- ue of the installed base. On the Internet, the approach to standardisation is based on different paradigms to those that are currently the norm in the machinery and plant manufacturing industry, for example • Open operating systems: in the case of Linux, a community of businesses, research institutions and individuals comprising more than 2,000 developers in over 100 countries develops and maintains one of the world’s most successful operating systems. Recommended actions The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends the establishment of a Working Group under the auspices of the Industrie 4.0 Platform to deal exclusively with the topic of standardisation and a reference architecture. The Working Group’s remit would include the following tasks: • Building a shared understanding of the goals, benefits, potential and risks, possible content and imple- mentation strategies with a view to creating the mutual confidence needed to support joint implementa- tion measures. The professional associations should take the lead with regard to the implementation of confidence-building measures. • Alignment of the key terminology and subsequent production of a common “Industrie 4.0 glossary”. In addition, detailed attention should to be paid to those aspects of the following issues that are relevant to the specific content of Industrie 4.0: • Model universals (underlying core models, reference models, architecture designs) • Standards for the Industrie 4.0 service architecture • Standards for a supra-automation level procedural and functional description • Terminology standards and the use of ontologies • Understanding of autonomous and self-organising systems, including their planning, operation and security • Characteristics maintenance and system structure description • Approach to migrating existing architectures • Open development tools: a community comprising over 1,500 developers and millions of users develops software for demanding modelling applications. • Open communication infrastructure: “Requests for Comments” are technical and organisational documents published through the Internet Society that were first established as long ago as 07.04.1969. Their widespread acceptance and use has converted them into de facto standards. Well-known examples include the Internet protocol (TCP/IP) and e-mail protocol (SMTP). These paradigms enable standardisation efforts to be progressed far more rapidly. Finally, it will be important to build trust in the reference architecture. This is particularly relevant with regard to know-how protection (see Chapter 5.7). It will also be key to ensure that the full range of intended users of the reference architecture are appropriately engaged in its design right from the early stages.
  • 44. 42 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions • Production of a bottom-up map outlining the standardisation bodies that currently exist today. Current, established “automation reference architecture” approaches and examples would then be located on the map. This could serve as a basis for assessing the different themes with regard to further development and migration in the context of Industrie 4.0 and identifying clusters of themes that are not currently covered. • Starting work on the production of a top-down roadmap, taking account of cost-benefit considerations and time constraints. A holistic approach should be adopted in order to strike a sensible balance between standardisation and individuality. The structure should be open and transparent and all the stakeholders should be engaged in the development and use of the standards. Licensing models should also be addressed. • Development of an “Industrie 4.0 community” with members from several different companies that feels responsible for the technical implementation of the reference architecture and is able to roll it out and maintain it in the longer term. This will require a suitable licensing model and an appropriate commu- nity process to be chosen. • Other tasks forming part of the Working Group’s remit would include moderation, recommendations, evaluation, communication and motivation. The Working Group also recommends the establishment of appropriate flagship projects to demonstrate the successful development and deployment of reference architectures. Figure 11 provides an example of a possible reference architecture focused on horizontal integration through value networks. Other topics for reference architectures could include end-to-end engineering of products and their associ- ated manufacturing systems or real-time process communication for the management and control of highly dynamic technological manufacturing processes. 5.2 Managing complex systems Products and their associated manufacturing systems are becoming more and more complex. This is a result of increasing functionality, increasing product customisa- tion, increasingly dynamic delivery requirements, the in- creasing integration of different technical disciplines and organisations and the rapidly changing forms of coop- eration between different companies. Modelling can act as an enabler for managing this grow- ing complexity. Models are a representation of a real or hypothetical scenario that only include those aspects that are relevant to the issue under consideration. The use of models constitutes an important strategy in the digital world and is of central importance in the context of Industrie 4.0. A fundamental distinction can be drawn between two types of model: • Planning models provide transparency with regard to the creative value-added generated by engineers and thus make it possible for complex systems to be built. An example of a planning model would be a schematic used by an engineer to explain how he or she has implemented appropriate functions to meet the requirements placed on a system. As such, the model contains the engineer’s knowl- edge. • Explanatory models describe existing systems in order to acquire knowledge about the system through the model. This typically involves using different analysis processes such as simulation. For example, a simulation can be used to calculate a factory’s energy consumption. Explanatory models are often used to validate engineers’ design choices.
  • 45. Industrie 4.0 43 5Recommendedactions Figure 11: Example reference architecture for a CPS platform Customers Marketplace portal (public) Identity & access mgmt (AAA, SSO) Reporting Manufacturer-specific MSB MSB: Integration platform, workflow management Multi-tenant, shared central databases Secure Private Platform MES Remote Service Service x Service y Service z Virtual Desktop eAppsBasic Services CRM integration ERP integration Provider / service management Customer management Customer billing Settlement of eApp provider accounts Product management Service provisioning Self-service portal Aggregation platform Researchand development Applicationplatform (Services,API) Basic services Integration services Data backbone Customer ISV Partner Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013 The digital world thus exerts a significant influence over real-world design via planning models, whilst the real world also influences the models used in the digital world via explanatory models.1 The fact that models usually contain formal descrip- tions means that they can be processed by computers, allowing the computer to take over routine engineering tasks such as performing calculations or other repeti- tive jobs. One of the benefits of models is therefore that they allow manual activities to be automated and enable actions to be performed in the digital world that previously had to be performed in the real world. Models offer huge potential – and not only in the con- text of Industrie 4.0. For example, they allow the risks involved in a project to be reduced through early detec- tion of errors or early verification of the demands placed on the system and the ability of proposed solutions to meet these demands. Or they can provide a transpar- ent information flow that enables more efficient engi- neering by improving interdisciplinary cooperation and facilitating more consistent engineering data. Explanatory models that describe interactions and be- haviours in the real world are not only useful for valida- tion purposes during the development and design stages. In the future, they will be primarily deployed during the production stage in order to check that pro- duction is running smoothly, detect wear and tear with- out needing to halt production or predict component failure and other disruptions. Challenges Particularly in SMEs, it is still not standard practice to use model-based simulations in order to configure and optimise manufacturing processes. One major challenge for Industrie 4.0 will therefore be to raise awareness of models’ potential among the wider engi- neering community and equip engineers with meth- ods and tools for using appropriate models to depict real-world systems in the virtual world (see Chapter 5.6). There are some scenarios (e.g. chemical interac- tions during production) where suitable models sim- ply do not exist or where it is hard to describe them in a formal model. The explicit development of models for Industrie 4.0 will initially involve a higher financial outlay than approaches that do not explicitly use modelling. This is because a value-added activity is being brought forward to an ear- lier stage in the process in order to reduce costs later on. This immediately raises the question of whether mod- elling is cost-effective. The answer is obviously very de- pendent on the type of business in question. Companies are likelier to accept higher initial investment levels in in- dustries with high production volumes
  • 46. 44 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions (such as the automotive industry) or industries with strin- gent safety standards (such as the avionics2 sector). They are less likely to do so if they only manufacture small volumes or make individual products. The percent- age of costs associated with customer-specific activities vs. customer-independent activities also plays an impor- tant role in this regard. It is key to the success of models that they should be developed cost-effectively and that they should be used productively not just during the de- sign stage but also in the subsequent stages, including operation. Modelling and simulation can only be carried out by qualified experts. It is therefore important that the rel- evant companies should provide these experts with the appropriate career opportunities. Currently, employees of SMEs in the mechanical engineering sector who are Recommended actions The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends the establishment of a Working Group under the auspices of the Industrie 4.0 Platform to deal exclusively with the topic of modelling as a means of managing complex systems, particularly in the realm of manufacturing engineering. The Working Group’s remit should include the following tasks: • A representative survey should be carried out to establish the most pressing requirements in the field of modelling, in order to narrow down this very broad subject area to the most important aspects in terms of implementation. • Best practice sharing should be carried out, particularly among SMEs, in order to promote the fundamental importance of modelling among both practitioners and decision-makers. Potential themes could include modularisation, virtual start-up or digital plant. In addition, appropriate events should be arranged to enable discussion of entry barriers and migration strategies (cf. the request for more information expressed in the survey conducted by the professional associations, Chapter 2). Moderation should also be provided for communities and expert pools that would act as a one-stop shop for answering questions about model- ling from (potential) users. • The Working Group should encourage the establishment of common user groups for tool users, tool manufacturers (product managers, architects) and trainers with a view to participants gaining a better mutual understanding of each other’s situations. As the leading suppliers under the Industrie 4.0 initiative, the focus should be on the “machinery and plant manufacturing” target user group, in order to provide tool manufac- turers with a platform for optimally addressing their requirements (e.g. in relation to integration, end-to-end capability, shortcomings and potential). It would be desirable to invite existing user groups for specific engineering tools to provide their input on the relevant topics. • In addition, the Working Group should work on the development of the appropriate guidelines and recom- mended actions. qualified in this area are largely regarded as “oddballs”. Finally, a holistic approach should be adopted to the “introduction” of modelling for Industrie 4.0. Firstly, it will be necessary to take the product and manufac- turing system into account, both in terms of equip- ping them with a modular design and ensuring the in- volvement of different disciplines (e.g. manufacturing engineering, automation engineering and IT). Second- ly, the actual development, engineering and manufac- turing processes occurring in the factory will also have to be considered on a case-by-case basis. Last- ly, modelling requires efficient software tools that will have to be optimised and adapted to provide the nec- essary functionality, enable them to be integrated with existing tools and processes, and bring them into line with the roll-out strategy.
  • 47. Industrie 4.0 45 5Recommendedactions In addition to the activities of the Platform, targeted efforts should be made in terms of training and continuing professional development provision with regard to modelling and systems engineering. This includes both ap- propriate training provision for young engineers and appropriate CPD measures for experienced engineers. Training content should be specifically geared towards the requirements of manufacturing companies (see Chapters 5.5 and 5.6). The Working Group also recommends the establishment of the appropriate flagship projects to deploy and test existing modelling methods and tools in order to demonstrate the value of modelling in different situations (engi- neering vs. operation, mass production vs. small volumes or individual products, manufacturing industry vs. pro- cess industry, in-house vs. inter-company, production vs. logistics, etc). • Provision of widely available/guaranteed traffic capacity (fixed/guaranteed broadband) • SMS delivery status notification across all mobile network operators • Standardised Application Programming Interfaces (APIs) for provisioning covering all providers (SIM card activation/deactivation) • Tariff management • Cost control of mobile service contracts • Quality of service (fixed bandwidth) • Affordable global roaming • Widely available embedded SIM cards • Satellite-based solutions for areas with no recep- tion [N.B. in sparsely populated areas].” This basic infrastructure is required not just for Indus- trie 4.0 but for all CPS applications, including those in the areas of energy and healthcare (see Chapter 2.1). Challenges The overall requirements for an effective broadband in- frastructure that is accessible to a large number of us- ers are simplicity, scalability, security, availability and affordability. 5.3 Delivering a comprehensive broadband infrastructure for industry If CPS are rolled out on a widespread basis, it will in general terms be necessary to build an infrastructure that enables significantly higher-volume and higher-qual- ity data exchange than provided by current communica- tion networks. A core requirement for Industrie 4.0 is therefore the enhancement of existing communication networks to provide guaranteed latency times, reliability, quality of service and universally available bandwidth. In keeping with the recommendation of the National IT Summit presented in the 2011 Digital Infrastructure Yearbook, broadband Internet infrastructure needs to be expanded on a massive scale, both in Germany and be- tween Germany and its manufacturing partner coun- tries.3 “High operational reliability and data link availability are crucial for mechanical engineering and automation en- gineering applications. Guaranteed latency times and stable connections are key, since they have a direct im- pact on application performance. […] Network opera- tors should do more to meet the wishes of businesses. • Binding and reliable SLAs (Service Level Agree- ments) • Availability and performance of traffic capacity • Support for data link debugging/tracing, especially provision of the relevant technical aids
  • 48. 46 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions Recommended actions The Industrie 4.0 Working Group strongly recommends implementation of the recommendations for expand- ing Germany’s broadband Internet infrastructure proposed by Working Group 2 “Digital Infrastructure” at the 2011 National IT Summit. It will be necessary to carry out studies of concrete applications in order to establish the exact bandwidths and real-time capabilities required for Industrie 4.0. In accordance with the recommendations of Working Group 2, the Industrie 4.0 Working Group also recom- mends expansion of Germany’s broadband Internet infrastructure. 5.4 Safety and security as critical factors for the success of Industrie 4.0 Safety and security are two key aspects with regard to manufacturing facilities and the products they make (see info panel). On the one hand, they should not pose a danger either to people or to the environ- ment (safety), whilst on the other both production fa- cilities and products – and in particular the data and know-how they contain – need to be protected against misuse and unauthorised access (security). In contrast to security, safety issues have been an important consideration in the design of manufactur- ing facilities and the products they make for many years. Safety is regulated by a whole host of regula- tions and standards governing the construction and operation of such systems.4 Since information technology first came into contact with mechanics and electronics towards the end of the 1960s (Industrie 3.05) there has been a dramatic increase in safety and security requirements in the manufacturing environment. In addition to the fact that it became far more complex to provide hard evi- dence of operational safety, it gradually became ap- parent that security was also a problem. Many of the safety and security issues that arose in Industrie 3.0 (the “beta version” of Industrie 4.0) have yet to be fully resolved. Security measures in particular are of- ten slow to be implemented and frequently only pro- vide partial fixes. With the advent of Industrie 4.0, a number of additional safety and security require- ments are set to arise. Industrie 4.0’s CPS-based manufacturing systems involve highly networked sys- tem structures incorporating large numbers of human beings, IT systems, automation components and ma- chines. High-volume and often time-critical data and information exchange occurs between the technologi- cal system components, many of which act autono- mously. At the same time, a far greater number of ac- tors is involved across the value chain (see Chapters 2 and 3). However, safety and security are always prop- erties of the entire system. Thus, in addition to opera- tional safety issues, the extensive networks and at least hypothetical potential for third-party access mean that a whole new range of security issues arise in the con- text of Industrie 4.0. It will only be possible to imple- ment Industrie 4.0 and get people to accept it if the following points are put into practice: 1. Security by Design as a key design principle. In the past, security against external attacks was usu- ally provided by physical measures such as access restrictions or other centralised security measures. In CPS-based manufacturing systems, it is not enough simply to add security features on to the system at some later point in time. All aspects relating to safety, and in particular security, need to be designed into the system from the outset. 2. IT security strategies, architectures and stand- ards need to be developed and implemented in order to confer a high degree of confidentiality, integ-
  • 49. Industrie 4.0 47 5Recommendedactions “Safety” refers to the fact that technological systems (machines, production facilities, products, etc) should not pose a danger either to people or to the environment, whilst “security” refers to the fact that the system itself needs to be protected against misuse and unauthorised access (access protection, security against attacks, data and information security). Various aspects of safety and security are relevant to Industrie 4.0, making it essential to draw a clear distinction between the two terms: Security/IT security/cyber-security: The protection of data and services in (digital) systems against mis- use, e.g. unauthorised access, modification or destruction. The goals of security measures are to increase confidentiality (the restriction of access to data and services to specific machines/human users), integrity (accuracy/completeness of data and correct operation of services) and availability (a means of measuring a system’s ability to perform a function in a particular time). Depending on the technological system in ques- tion and the data and services that it incorporates, security provides the basis for information privacy, i.e. the protection of individuals against infringements of their personal data rights. It also enables know-how protection, i.e. protection of intellectual property rights. Safety: The absence of unacceptable risks and threats to people and the environment resulting from op- eration of the system. “Safety” requires both operational safety and a high degree of reliability. Depending on the technological system in question, safety may also involve additional aspects such as prevention of mechanical or electrical hazards, radiation protection, prevention of hazards relating to steam or high pres- sure, etc. Operational safety refers to the aspects of safety that are dependent on the correct operation of the system or that are provided by the system itself. The elements required to deliver operational safety in- clude low fault rates, high fault tolerance (i.e. the ability to keep operating correctly even when faults occur) and robustness (the ability to guarantee basic functionality in the event of a fault). Reliability refers to the probability of a (technological) system operating correctly for a given period of time in a given environment. rity and availability on the interactions between these highly networked, open and heterogeneous compo- nents. They also need to provide an appropriate, reli- able and affordable solution for protecting the digital process know-how, intellectual property rights and data in general of each individual manufacturer and operator, both vis-à-vis the outside world and with regard to components belonging to different opera- tors and/or manufacturers vis-à-vis each other (see also Chapter 5.7). In Industrie 4.0, it is therefore always necessary to adopt a global approach to safety and security. It is essential to consider the impact of security measures (cryptographic processes or authentication proce- dures) on safety (time-critical functions, resource availability) and vice versa (“does a particular critical safety function of a subsystem increase the risk of cyber-attacks?”). Furthermore, in view of the current situation, a dual strategy is also required for Industrie 4.0 with regard to safety and security. Firstly, existing factories will have to be upgraded with the safety and security measures needed to meet the new requirements. The typically long service lives of machinery and short innovation cy- cles, together with heterogeneous and in some cases very old infrastructures that are difficult to network mean that this will not be an easy task. Secondly, solu- tions for new factories and machinery will have to be developed. The transition from the third to the fourth industrial revolution should be as seamless as possible and should be implemented in a way that can be clearly
  • 50. 48 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions understood by all the relevant stakeholders. One key aspect for both pillars of the strategy is for all the actors throughout the entire value chain to reach a consensus on safety and security issues and the relevant architec- ture before implementation begins. Challenges There are a variety of different challenges facing safety and security in the context of Industrie 4.0. Quite apart from the technical challenges, successful safety and security solutions will also have to address commercial, psychological and educational issues. For example, in- dustry currently lacks fully standardised operating plat- forms for implementing adequate safety and security solutions that have been tailored to the specific require- ments of industry in terms of their implementation and cost so that they do not merely become regarded as cost drivers. There is often little that can be done to expand or upgrade existing infrastructure, especially since many safety and security solutions were originally developed for other industries or applications. Moreo- ver, security awareness often plays a key role, particu- larly with regard to IT security issues. There are cur- rently too many discrepancies regarding the level of security awareness in different industries. In view of the fact that Industrie 4.0 will involve increased networking and cooperation between several different partners in a value chain, it will be necessary for partners to have a higher level of confidence in each other’s competence (security & trust) and for them to provide hard evidence of their competence. Machinery and plant manufacturers are becoming in- creasingly aware of the value-added potential of soft- ware, resulting in a sharp rise in the number of software components found in manufacturing facilities and ma- chinery. However, too little is often still known about the relevant IT threats. Industrial IT security has only started to be discussed in the automation industry since the public debate surrounding malware such as Stuxnet, Duqu or Flame. Moreover, software is also playing an increasingly important role in delivering and maintain- ing security and safety, but this is something that has not yet been properly taken on board by manufacturing processes – and where solutions are available they have yet to be implemented. In general terms, Industrie 4.0 will require a much more proactive approach to safety and security than has hith- erto been the case (especially with regard to security by design). At the moment, safety and security issues are often only raised reactively once the development process is over and specific safety or security prob- lems have already occurred. However, this belated im- plementation of safety and security solutions is both costly and also often fails to deliver a permanent solu- tion to the relevant problem. Consequently, safety and security cannot simply be broken down into functional components but should instead be approached as a process. In order to achieve fast response times, it is also important to provide support through monitoring and comprehensive cross-sectoral information ex- changes. At the moment, there is insufficient monitor- ing of risk assessment indicators, particularly with re- gard to industrial IT security, and little if any information is exchanged about safety and security incidents. Ac- tion in these areas would help to stop the spread of vi- ruses or indiscriminate cyber-attacks.
  • 51. Industrie 4.0 49 5Recommendedactions Recommended actions As part of its study of cyber-security issues, the Federal Office for Information Security (BSI) drew up a list6 of the top 10 most critical threats currently facing Industrial Control Systems (ICS). The Industrie 4.0 Working Group has worked together with a number of experts to produce a complementary list of eight priority areas for action in the field of safety and security: 1. Integrated safety and security strategies, architectures and standards Industrie 4.0 will require modified safety and security strategies, together with systematic application of the relevant principles and methods throughout the entire system life cycle. A common “knowledge pool” should be developed as a basis for this approach. This would enable the strategies and processes currently used in the process automation and mechanical and electrical engineering industries to be enhanced by adapt- ing the safety and security strategies and processes employed by the IT, automotive and aerospace indus- tries to the specific requirements of Industrie 4.0. • Research is needed to develop safety and security strategies for hypothetically open, collaborative subsystems belonging to different manufacturers and operators. These strategies should be based on threat scenarios that could initially be developed for individual sectors such as the mechanical engi- neering or automotive supply industries, but which would ultimately have to be applicable to all indus- tries. • It is important to ensure that research and development of the relevant strategies and systems is closely coordinated with other safety and security research projects on topics such as secure proof of identity, cyber-security or the protection of critical infrastructure and that knowledge is exchanged with other industries such as the automotive and aerospace industries. • Building on these strategies, safety and security architectures for manufacturing systems should be defined as reference architectures for the Industrie 4.0 initiative. As far as possible, these should be backwards compatible with existing Industrie 3.0 systems. In addition to ensuring the standardisation of approaches and procedures that is key to the success of In- dustrie 4.0, these reference architectures would also enable test procedures to be defined and testing fa- cilities to be established that could be used to test the overall safety and security of systems at every level, from the individual machine to networks of machines and the application stage. The reference architectures could also serve as a basis for issuing security classifications and certificates to new and especially to exist- ing subsystems. This approach would thus form part of the migration strategy. 2. Unique and secure IDs for products, processes and machines Secure information exchange throughout the entire manufacturing process is key to the acceptance and success of Industrie 4.0. This applies to machines, their components, the data being exchanged, the af- fected processes and the organisational units involved. To enable this exchange, it is necessary for the in- dividual machines, processes, products, components and materials to possess unique electronic IDs. Fur- thermore, it would be desirable to issue components with a kind of “security passport” containing details of the risks that were already taken into account and counteracted during development and the risks that need to be considered by the integrator, installer, operator or user. The passports would also contain the secu- rity classification referred to above.
  • 52. 50 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions As part of a secure ID, these passports could form the basis of a system for rating the overall security of a CPS in the manufacturing environment, both during its development and during production itself. The security rating would take into account the value of the product, the potential threats and the modified or appropriate coun- termeasures. The strategic initiative on “Secure Identities” should thus be expanded to include “products”, “machines” and “processes” and should incorporate virtual products as well as physical ones. 3. A migration strategy from Industrie 3.0 to Industrie 4.0 The goal of a migration strategy would be to gradually improve the security of current Industrie 3.0 facilities (which are likely to remain in use for some considerable time) and prepare them for conversion to Industrie 4.0. However, the heterogeneity, long service lives and individual nature of existing manufacturing facilities all hamper the development of common standards for IT security solutions. Consequently, in addition to the abovementioned assessment of the current status of existing facilities, a migration strategy will also require the development of a standardised process model that enables individual security solutions to be imple- mented rapidly, pragmatically and cost-effectively. This process could be arrived at by adapting existing (generic) IT security processes, based on the definition of individual security goals, a situation analysis in order to identify weaknesses and threats and the subsequent establishment of a list of measures which would then be implemented. 4. User-friendly safety and security solutions People tend to avoid using processes and applications that are not user-friendly. This can have fatal conse- quences for safety and security solutions, especially in a highly networked environment. It is therefore nec- essary to develop safety and security solutions that are geared towards users’ needs, possess user-friendly interfaces and therefore guarantee execution of the application in question. These factors should be taken into account from the initial design phases through engineering and operation right up to and including maintenance. 5. Safety and security in a business management context Inevitably, safety and security are always going to be cost factors. When machinery breaks down, there can be both a direct impact (e.g. lower turnover) and an indirect impact (e.g. compensation claims from custom- ers, suppliers and partners or damage to the company’s image). However, until now few manufacturers have taken out insurance against damage caused by IT issues. It is therefore necessary to develop methods that will enable clearer calculation of the risks associated with Industrie 4.0 and the cost-effectiveness of the relevant security solutions as opposed to the alternative of shutting down manufacturing facilities in the event of a real or suspected IT threat. 6. Secure protection against product piracy Successful products are inevitably going to be targeted by product piracy. In a global market, intellectual property protection is therefore key to the survival of high-wage economies.7 The problems associated with this phenomenon are not confined to its impact on sales but also include damage to corporate image and loss of know-how. In the most extreme cases, erstwhile pirates can even become competitors. Moreover, the problem is no longer restricted to the often rather complex physical replication of products – the targeted theft of corporate and product know-how is now also becoming increasingly common, especially in the form of software or configurations that are currently still easy to copy.
  • 53. Industrie 4.0 51 5Recommendedactions Protection against product piracy assumes even greater importance in Industrie 4.0 in view of the much higher degree of cooperation between the different partners in the value network. It is therefore necessary to work at a technical level and in particular at the corporate and competition law levels to find solutions that guarantee trust and transparency within the platform whilst at the same time protecting critical business know- how. 7. Training and (in-house) CPD A knowledge of IT security issues is essential for all the members of an organisation. It is crucial to raise awareness among all the people involved in production, from skilled machine operators to security software developers and planning engineers working in the field of plant engineering. When security solutions are implemented in a business, it is not enough simply to install a technical product, even if it is user-friendly (see point 4) – employees also need to be adequately trained with regard to the relevant security requirements. Appropriate awareness-raising campaigns targeted at the manufacturing environment could help to over- come the current shortcomings in this area, whilst the introduction of compulsory classes on this topic at higher education institutions would help prepare the workforce of the future (see also Chapter 5.6). 8. “Community building” for data protection in Industrie 4.0 Industrie 4.0 will require tougher data protection arrangements, for example because it will be technically possible to record and analyse information about employees’ health via the machines in smart factories or through smart assistance systems. The use of personal information is an especially sensitive issue in Ger- many, where there is much focus on the right to informational self-determination. Consequently, it is recom- mended that the topic of data protection should be addressed in close cooperation with the strategic initia- tive on “Secure Identities”, the Federal Office for Information Security (BSI), the Federal and regional Data Protection Commissioners and the trade unions and company works councils (see Chapter 5.7). The Industrie 4.0 Platform will need to engage in an in-depth discussion in order to establish priorities with a view to drawing up a roadmap or producing a list of requirements. When envisaging the optimal solution for Industrie 4.0, it will be important to consider not just how to deliver secure communication between machines and components but also the inherent security of individual machines. It is recommended that the focus should be on pragmatic solutions that can be promptly implemented in existing facilities without having to wait for the longer-term “ideal” solutions to be developed (see Chapter 2.1). Germany is a world leader in both complex IT security solutions and in the field of safety, whilst Germany’s safety and security experts enjoy an excellent reputation right across the globe. However, conventional IT se- curity products are predominantly produced in other countries such as the US and Israel. In parallel to the development of CPS and CPS products, Germany has an opportunity to build its own security industry for Industrie 4.0, drawing on the competitive advantage provided by its specific know-how in manufacturing and automation processes, mechatronic engineering and embedded systems. It will be important to act swiftly to ensure that this advantage is used to its full potential in Industrie 4.0.
  • 54. 52 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions » Industrie 4.0 will require the development of technological and organisational solutions that are adapted to the needs of small and medium-sized enterprises. It will be neces- sary to take advantage of the specialist know-how within businesses. Worker-friendly work organisation and work- place-based training will be key to its implementation.«Dr. Georg Schütte Federal Ministry of Education and Research State Secretary The remit of innovation needs to be consistently wid- ened to include smart organisation of work and em- ployees’ skills, since employees will play a key part in implementing and assimilating technological innova- tions. It is likely that their role will change significantly as a result of the increase in open, virtual work plat- forms and extensive human-machine and human-sys- tem interactions. Work content, work processes and the working environment will be dramatically trans- formed in a way that will have repercussions for flexi- bility, working time regulation, healthcare, demograph- ic change and people’s private lives. As a result, in order to achieve successful integration of tomorrow’s technologies they will need to be smartly embedded into an innovative social organisation (within the work- place). 5.5 Work organisation and work design in the digital industrial age What impact will Industrie 4.0 have in the workplace? What responsibilities will have to be met by business- es and society in a decentralised high-tech economy where CPS are commonplace? How should the world of work respond to these changes? In a future characterised by increasing automation and real-time oriented control systems, how can we ensure that people’s jobs are good, safe and fair? The answers to these questions will determine whether or not it is possible to mobilise existing reserves of innovation and productivity and secure a competitive advantage through the widespread deployment of automatically controlled, knowledge-based, sensor-equipped man- ufacturing systems. Innovation efforts cannot be allowed to focus exclu- sively on overcoming the technological challenges.
  • 55. Industrie 4.0 53 5Recommendedactions Challenges It is very likely that the nature of work in Industrie 4.0 will place significantly higher demands on all members of the workforce in terms of managing complexity, ab- straction and problem-solving. Employees will also be expected to be able to act much more on their own ini- tiative and to possess excellent communication skills and the ability to organise their own work. In short, greater demands will be placed on employees’ subjec- tive skills and potential. This will provide opportunities in terms of qualitative enrichment of their work, a more interesting working environment, greater autonomy and more opportunities for self-development. Nevertheless, the demands of the new, virtual work- place also present a threat to the maintenance and safeguarding of human capital. As the degree of tech- nological integration increases, there is a danger of em- ployees being required to be more flexible and perform more demanding tasks, as well as a growing tension between the virtual world and the world of workers’ own experience. This could result in workers experienc- ing a loss of control and a sense of alienation from their work as a result of the progressive dematerialisation and virtualisation of business and work processes. It is also possible that “old” and “new” threats could com- bine to take on a new dimension, resulting in significant creativity and productivity losses and a tendency for employees to overwork themselves. Finally, it is important to consider the impact that the increasing presence of IT in manufacturing industry will have on headcount. It is likely that the number of simple manual tasks will continue to decline. This could pose a threat to at least some employee groups, notably semi-skilled workers. Such a scenario would be unacceptable both for the employees themselves and from the wider public’s point of view in terms of the social inclusion dimension. Moreover, it would se- riously hamper the successful implementation of the Industrie 4.0 initiative. A consistent approach to technology and work organisation Smart factories provide an opportunity to create a new workplace culture geared towards the interests of the workforce. However, this potential will not simply be re- alised of its own accord. It will be crucial to employ work organisation and design models that combine a high degree of individual responsibility and autonomy with decentralised leadership and management ap- proaches that allow employees greater freedom to make their own decisions, be more involved and regu- late their own workload, whilst at the same time also enabling flexible working arrangements. It is possible to use the technology for very different ends. Systems can be set up to impose restrictive con- trol over every minute detail of a person’s work, or they can be configured as an open source of information that employees use as a basis for taking their own deci- sions. In other words, the quality of people’s work will not be determined by the technology or by any techno- logical constraints but rather by the scientists and man- agers who model and implement smart factories. It is therefore necessary to adopt a socio-technical approach where work organisation, continuing pro- fessional development measures and technology and software architectures are developed in close con- junction with each other to provide a single, consist- ent solution focused on enabling smart, cooperative and self-organised interactions between employees and/or technology operating systems across the en- tire value chain. “Better, not cheaper” as an opportunity and benchmark for industrial change This socio-technical approach argues that adopting an even more extreme version of the Taylorist approach to work organisation based on frequent repetition of highly standardised and monotonous tasks is hardly the most promising way to go about implementing the Industrie 4.0 initiative in partnership with employees in a way that allows new efficiency gains to be achieved. The fact that smart factories will be configured as highly complex, dy- namic and flexible systems means that they will need employees who are empowered to act as decision-mak- ers and controllers. For this to be possible, they will need to be supported by customer-oriented job profiles requiring broad-based training, work organisation mod- els that promote learning, and comprehensive continu- ing professional development that fosters autonomous
  • 56. 54 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions work and is designed as an active instrument for pro- moting systematic staff development and career ad- vancement. In Industrie 4.0, technological development goals and work organisation models should be estab- lished and configured together in accordance with the specific economic and social circumstances. It will be necessary to enable more flexible manufacturing whilst at the same time establishing clear boundaries between employees’ work and private lives, enabling them to achieve a realistic work-life balance. In this context, the innovation strategy being promoted by the trade unions under the banner of “better, not cheaper” could point the way towards robust stand- ards and pathways for creating good and fair jobs and Recommended actions • The Industrie 4.0 Platform should continue to study the issue of “People and Work in Industrie 4.0” through an interdisciplinary expert working group. The working group’s remit should comprise three main goals: 1. To ascertain and document the impact on work and employment (opportunities and risks) together with the actions required to achieve employee-oriented labour and training policies 2. To provide guidelines and practical aids for developing and implementing the socio-technical approach, together with the relevant reference projects 3. To promote innovative approaches to participative work organisation and lifelong learning that embrace the entire workforce, irrespective of age, gender or qualifications • The Platform should set up a regular dialogue between the social partners to enable transparent identification and discussion of the key advances, problems and potential solutions associated with the implementation of Industrie 4.0. • The Platform should arrange effective knowledge transfer between stakeholders inside and outside of companies at both national and international levels. In addition to innovative knowledge management, this will also require the establishment of broad-based social networks. a secure future for manufacturing sites and their em- ployees. The strategy incorporates a labour-oriented organisational design with enhanced participation rights, co-determination and training opportunities. Nonetheless, it is still capable of meeting the demands of global competitiveness and the need for greater flex- ibility. The “better, not cheaper”8 strategy targets tech- nology leadership as the basis for securing the future of German industry. Consequently, good jobs, technolog- ical innovation and worker co-determination are not mutually exclusive in the context of the Industrie 4.0 ini- tiative. Rather, they form part of a forward-looking ap- proach to the search for technologically efficient solu- tions that are also socially sustainable.
  • 57. Industrie 4.0 55 5Recommendedactions 5.6 Training and continuing professional development for Industrie 4.0 As described above, the implementation of Industrie 4.0 should result in a labour-oriented socio-technical factory and labour system. This will in turn pose new challenges for vocational and academic training and continuing professional development (CPD). These challenges include the need to expand provision for the developers of manufacturing engineering compo- nents and their users. It is likely that Industrie 4.0 will significantly transform job and skills profiles as a result of two trends. Firstly, traditional manufacturing processes characterised by a very clear division of labour will now be embedded in a new organisational and operational structure where they will be supplemented by decision-taking, coordination, control and support service functions. Secondly, it will be necessary to organise and coordi- nate the interactions between virtual and real ma- chines, plant control systems and production man- agement systems. Effectively, what this means is that the convergence of ICT, manufacturing and automation technology and software will result in many tasks now being per- formed as part of a much broader technological, or- ganisational and social context. Industrie 4.0 will also require fundamental changes to the way IT experts are trained. The ability to identify application requirements in different industries and recruit development partners from around the world will increasingly take precedence over purely techno- logical expertise. The extremely wide range of poten- tial applications means that there is a limit to what can be achieved through standardised training pro- grammes. It will become more and more important to engage in a dialogue with manufacturing industry in order to ensure that the requirements of the digital economy are reflected in training provision. As such, training partnerships between businesses and higher education institutions will be even more important in the future than they are today. Short basic training programmes will need to be followed by work place- ments and advanced study courses. It will be impor- tant to open up access to science and engineering studies and place greater emphasis on transferable skills such as business or project management. It is businesses and their customers who should drive the changes made to the academic training of IT experts. In keeping with the principles underpinning Industrie 4.0, this will also involve close convergence of IT and production engineering training. The relevant learning content for Industrie 4.0 will thus need to be identified and the appropriate didactic and methodological ap- proaches will need to be developed. It is possible that in particular some of the creative areas of businesses such as interdisciplinary product and process develop- ment could require completely new qualifications. These would form part of a dual strategy that would enable companies to respond to the challenges of a shrinking labour market and high market volatility. In this context, it will be key to develop professional adult education provision (teaching methods, career profile). Skills assessments9 should be used to improve mobil- ity between vocational and academic education and be- tween the different training and CPD programmes and systems, as well as to improve recognition of skills that are still relevant in the workplace despite not being con- nected to an employee’s specialist area. There is a grow- ing need for people to have a grasp of the overall context and to understand the interactions between all the ac- tors involved in the manufacturing process. Consequent- ly, in addition to increased demand for metacognitive skills, social skills are also gaining in importance owing to the growing significance of real-life and computer- based interactions resulting from greater integration of formerly demarcated departments and disciplines. In technical terms, much greater emphasis will be placed on interdisciplinary skills, an area where much work still remains to be done. In order to ensure that individuals’ training potential can be recognised and described transparently, it will be nec- essary to develop standards for the recognition of non- formal and informal education. The goal is to teach peo- ple the principles of a new, holistic organisational model and ensure that systems are described transparently so that employees are confident in what they are doing.
  • 58. 56 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions The Academy Cube The Academy Cube is an initiative that has been launched by German and international industrial enter- prises together with public institutions in order to address the need for new training formats and content arising from Industrie 4.0. Current provision specifically targets skilled workers from southern Europe, where unemployment* rates are particularly high. The Academy Cube provides online information to interested parties about how they might be able to use their skills and knowledge both in their home country and abroad. The Academy Cube offers unemployed graduates in ICT and engineering the opportunity to obtain tar- geted qualifications and helps put them directly in touch with industrial enterprises. This is achieved via a cloud-based platform where companies and institutions provide e-learning courses and post specific job vacancies. The platform helps job seekers to obtain the training they need to apply for specific vacancies, whilst also issuing them with the corresponding certificates. These certificates, that are based on standard curricula, ensure that potential employers can be confident about the standard of the training and provide transparency with regard to its content. The best candidates are automatically directed to the top job vacan- cies of the participating companies. The Academy Cube concept was developed during the BMBF- and SAP AG-chaired Working Group 6 on Education and Research for the Digital Society at the National IT Summit and was officially launched at CeBIT 2013. Since March 2013, the programme has been offering six full curricula and twelve specific courses in the area of Industrie 4.0. Learning content includes fields such as automation, big data analysis, manufacturing and logistics processes and security and data protection. More information is available at: www.academy-cube.com * In 2012, unemployment in Spain stood at 27 percent, whilst youth unemployment in Spain and Greece was as high as 52 percent (Source: Eurostat 2012). The European Commission estimates that by 2015 there will already be a shortage of 700,000 ICT professionals in Europe (Source: European Commission News, 20.3.2012); BITKOM calculates that there is an annual shortfall of 9,000 IT graduates in Germany (Source: BITKOM 2012). 10,100 additional ICT experts are needed in Italy, 18,300 in Poland, 41,800 in Spain and 87,800 in Germany (Source: Eurostat 2012). Figure 12: Networking different actors though the Academy Cube 1. Graduates/job seekers find jobs 2. Students discover new career paths 3. Employers find highly-skilled employees4. Content providers find new markets for their training provision 5. Employment agencies provide candidates 6. Universities ensure that talented graduates find work ontent provide duates/job se l t duates find work U i iti Source: Academy Cube 2013
  • 59. Industrie 4.0 57 5Recommendedactions Whilst all the different levels of the training system are affected, special priority should be attached to the ex- pansion of CPD. In particular, CPD in the workplace should address the importance of health, physical ac- tivity and lifestyle in ensuring a lengthy working life. By organising work in a way that fosters learning and implementing appropriate training strategies, it should be possible to achieve a human-centric approach to manufacturing that takes account of differences in em- ployees’ education, experience and skills sets in a way that strengthens the innovative capacity of both indi- viduals and businesses. The organisation of work in a way that fosters learning is also a key requirement for lifelong learning. In view of the rapid technological changes expected as a result of the introduction of CPS-based systems, it should therefore also be one of the goals of the smart factory. The comparative effec- Recommended actions The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends the following measures with regard to qualifications, training and CPD in the context of Industrie 4.0: 1. Promotion of model projects Projects should incorporate actions that can be used to develop training and CPD strategies. These should include strategies to promote mobility between vocational and academic training and between different training and CPD courses and systems as well as to recognise additional skills that employees possess outside their specific area of expertise. 2. Establishment and promotion of “best practice networks” In order to guarantee knowledge transfer and sustainability, training and CPD “best practice networks” should be established by competitive tender. These networks would be charged with developing and documenting case studies, networking the various actors and supporting knowledge transfer. 3. Investigation of new approaches to knowledge and skills acquisition in the workplace, develop- ment of digital learning techniques Digital media and innovative learning technologies (e-learning) will play a prominent role in knowledge transfer and skills development. In view of technological and demographic change and the fact that different learners have different requirements, it will be necessary to develop new teaching methods and learning assistance systems. 4. Promotion of cross-cutting approaches to work organisation All Industrie 4.0 qualification, training and CPD measures will need to be accompanied by comprehensive research in the shape of research and implementation partnerships. tiveness of in-house versus out-of-house learning and general versus vocational education should be the sub- ject of further research. In addition, Industrie 4.0 jobs will be designed to use technologies such as CPS in order to enhance com- munication between employees and integrate job sup- port, learning tasks and physical training in the work- place into the standard working day at suitable intervals. This will require employees’ workload to be monitored on an ongoing basis. Job design should also take into account the different roles performed by employees (from unskilled and skilled workers or employees with advanced vocational and technical qualifications to staff members with aca- demic qualifications such as bachelor’s and master’s degrees or qualified engineers) as well as differences in their circumstances such as age, education, experi- ence or cultural background.
  • 60. 58 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions It will be of fundamental importance to investigate issues relating to work organisation, process design, management and cooperation, together with their impact on the evolution of work and training in Industrie 4.0. This should also include the issue of how older workers can retain their employability against a back- drop of increased life expectancy. In order to organise work in a way that fosters learning, it will be neces- sary to develop the appropriate training strategies, analysis methods and management models. Overall, this will present a number of significant challenges for training and CPD, including the need for comprehensive continuing professional development provision and changes to at least some parts of the training system. 5. Promotion of Industrie 4.0-specific learning content and interdisciplinary cooperation It will be necessary to promote interdisciplinary cooperation between all disciplines (e.g. manufacturing engineering, automation engineering and IT) to deliver a systems engineering approach. This will require the different disciplines to acquire a mutual understanding of each other’s positions and approaches and to adopt an integrated view of strategy, business processes and systems. Interdisciplinary research will also be necessary at the interface between technology and the law. Legal experts should be involved from the early stages of the R&D process. By the same token, engineers will increasingly need to acquire a basic under- standing of the legal issues so that they can engage in a full dialogue with their legal counterparts. 6. IT-based modelling of technological systems This includes modelling of the interaction between the real and digital worlds, including the appropriate formal descriptions, as well as methodological aspects such as modelled mechatronic engineering or contemplating the development of adaptations to existing systems (delta engineering) as opposed to developing completely new systems from scratch. issues. Two things are required to reconcile regulation and technology: the formulation of criteria to ensure that the new technologies comply with the law and de- velopment of the regulatory framework in a way that facilitates innovation. In the context of Industrie 4.0, it will often be possible to achieve this through common law contracts. Both factors require the regulatory anal- ysis of new technologies to begin as early as possible during the R&D phase rather than being left until they are already in use. Challenges 1. Protecting corporate data As the Internet of Things becomes established in smart factories, both the volume and the level of detail of the corporate data generated will increase. Moreo- ver, business models will no longer involve just one company, but will instead comprise highly dynamic networks of companies and completely new value 5.7 Regulatory framework Just like any other fundamental technological innova- tion, the new manufacturing processes associated with Industrie 4.0 will find themselves confronted with the existing regulatory framework, a situation that raises two interconnected challenges. On the one hand, un- certainty regarding the legality of a new technology or the associated liability and data protection issues could inhibit its acceptance and slow down the innovation process. Conversely, the de facto power of new tech- nologies and business models can be so great that it becomes almost impossible to enforce existing legisla- tion. Consequently, short technological innovation cy- cles and the disruptive nature of new technologies can result in the danger of a chronic “enforcement deficit” whereby current regulation fails to keep pace with tech- nological change. While Industrie 4.0 does not, on the whole, tread com- pletely uncharted regulatory territory, it does signifi- cantly increase the complexity of the relevant regulatory
  • 61. Industrie 4.0 59 5Recommendedactions chains, as demonstrated by the RAN Project10, for ex- ample. Data will be generated and transmitted auton- omously by smart machines and these data will inevi- tably cross company boundaries. A number of specific dangers are associated with this new context – for example, data that were initially generated and ex- changed in order to coordinate manufacturing and lo- gistics activities between different companies could, if read in conjunction with other data, suddenly provide third parties with highly sensitive information about one of the partner companies that might, for example, give them an insight into its business strategies. New instruments will be required if companies wish to pur- sue the conventional strategy of keeping such knowl- edge secret in order to protect their competitive ad- vantage. New, regulated business models will also be necessary – the raw data that are generated may con- tain information that is valuable to third parties and companies may therefore wish to make a charge for sharing them. Innovative business models like this will also require legal safeguards (predominantly in the shape of contracts) in order to ensure that the value- added created is shared out fairly, e.g. through the use of dynamic pricing models. Current regulation of the protection of corporate data only addresses some aspects of these dangers and generally requires the data to be classified as business or trade secrets. Furthermore, it usually only applies to cases of illegal disclosure. As a rule, confidential infor- mation that has been acquired legally, e.g. with the per- mission of its owner, may subsequently be used for other purposes. However, self-regulation such as confi- dentiality agreements should make it possible to close these legal loopholes. Contract law offers a means of achieving highly specific regulation of a variety of differ- ent scenarios. This will require the sensitivity of the data and the degree of protection needed to be determined on a case-by-case basis – under certain circumstanc- es, individual data protection law principles could pro- vide a model in this regard. However, contracts do have their limitations when it comes to managing large volumes of voluntary legal ar- rangements, since a disproportionately large amount of work is involved in calculating the risks and negotiating separate contracts for each individual case. It is there- fore necessary to develop new contractual models that allow businesses to retain sovereignty over “their” data whilst still facilitating entrepreneurial flexibility. 2. Liability When sensitive data are exchanged between different companies, there is a risk that they may be used and/or disclosed illicitly, or that they may be hacked by third parties if, for example, the recipient fails to implement adequate IT security measures. One solution to this problem is provided by a type of contractual clause al- ready in widespread use that sets out the requisite technical and organisational arrangements and any ad- ditional measures (e.g. the duty to provide notification of any security problems or breaches) and stipulates penalties in the event of non-compliance. However, in Industrie 4.0 manufacturing facilities are responsible for a wider range of matters than in the past. They may now be subject to a liability action not only if they fail to meet their primary responsibilities (in terms of the prod- uct’s durability, correct operation and appearance), but also for failings in their role as part of a network of smart objects. In these scenarios, the issue of liability and responsibil- ity becomes even more important – when autonomous systems are deployed in networks, a lack of structural transparency could make it almost impossible to explic- itly determine who performed a particular action, result- ing in uncertainty with regard to legal liability. It is true that businesses employing manufacturing systems that use autonomous data processing are legally liable for the security of their manufacturing facilities and prod- ucts vis-à-vis third parties. Current tort and product lia- bility law already provides adequate solutions in this area. However, if the other partners in a network wish to avoid being held jointly liable, or if they want at least to have recourse against the other partners, then it is es- sential for their responsibilities to be contractually stip- ulated from the outset and/or for actions to be clearly attributed to the owners of the respective systems. This also has implications for the insurability of residual risk and the way that the insurance industry calculates the relevant premiums. Correct attribution of liability will be facilitated by the pro- vision of precise documentary evidence concerning the
  • 62. 60 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions different manufacturing steps and system statuses (al- though highly detailed protocol data relating to specific individuals could cause data protection law problems). Consequently, technology-based documentation proce- dures such as personal or device-based digital signa- tures will play a far more important role in Industrie 4.0. 3. Handling personal data As the interaction between employees and CPS in- creases, so will the volume and level of detail of the personal data held for individual employees. This is es- pecially true of assistance systems that record informa- tion about an employee’s location, their vital signs or the quality of their work. This issue could pose a threat to employees’ right to informational self-determination. Scenarios with an international dimension are particu- larly problematic in this regard. German data protection law places strict restrictions on the outsourcing of the analysis of data captured in smart factories to compa- nies located outside the European Union (EU) or Euro- pean Economic Area (EEA) (including companies be- longing to the same group) or the disclosure outside Europe of corporate data containing personal informa- tion about employees. This restriction is particularly ap- plicable if data protection standards in the country re- ceiving the data are lower than those found in Europe. This could result in problematic constraints for globally networked value chains. Current regulation fails to adequately address these problems. Outsourced data processing models are al- ready encountering difficulties (e.g. in the realm of cloud computing), since local data protection stand- ards are generally not applicable in countries outside of Europe, meaning that in practice it is impossible for cli- ent companies to comply with their data protection re- sponsibilities. Businesses therefore have a growing need for a legally unambiguous and practical solution for handling per- sonal data. It may be possible, up to a point, to achieve this through in-house binding corporate rules, collec- tive agreements and company agreements, although it would be important to ensure that these did not under any circumstances undercut existing data protection standards. In any event, these instruments would need to be adapted to take account of the specific charac- teristics of Industrie 4.0. The data protection law requirements for custom prod- uct features will depend on the product and application in question. One issue that is especially relevant to In- dustrie 4.0, for example, is the incorporation of data pro- cessing components into the end product. Whilst these components may initially be used during the manufac- turing process, they may eventually come into the pos- session of end customers who use them for purposes for which they were not originally intended. In order to prevent this from happening and restrict the kind of data processing that the built-in components can be used for, their capabilities should be confined to what is strictly necessary as defined by data protection law. 4. Trade restrictions As more and more complex systems are deployed in Industrie 4.0, it becomes increasingly likely that indi- vidual components may be subject to national and in- ternational trade restrictions. Encryption technologies are both necessary and desired by customers in order to ensure the confidentiality and integrity of CPS com- munication. However, in many emerging markets, such as China, the use, sale, importing and exporting of en- cryption products are only permitted under licence. In the EU, on the other hand, shipment of encryption technologies is allowed within Europe and to certain other countries such as Japan, Canada and the US, but they are classed as dual use goods11 and subject to export restrictions for many other destinations. Even today, companies wishing to have a global pres- ence in tomorrow’s key markets are to some extent already finding themselves forced to operate in legal grey areas if cryptographic components are built into larger manufacturing facilities. This legal uncertainty will only increase in Industrie 4.0 and could become a significant barrier to trade.
  • 63. Industrie 4.0 61 5Recommendedactions Recommended actions The regulatory challenges described above are not trivial and it will be essential to find solutions to them if the Industrie 4.0 initiative is to succeed. For the most part, these “solutions” will not entail legislation, but will in- stead require a mix of instruments comprising regulatory, technical and policy elements. Moreover, it will be important to raise awareness of the problems outlined above among SMEs by engaging professional associa- tions and government ministries to act as multipliers. One aspect that will be especially important for SMEs is the development of practical guidelines, checklists and model contract clauses. New contract models need to guarantee protection of business and trade secrets on the one hand, whilst also ensuring that any value-added generated through the new business models is shared out fairly. It will therefore be necessary to define the roles of the various partners as precisely as pos- sible (including new roles such as different types of information broker). As far as liability is concerned, the support provided should focus on data security and the requirement to provide documentary evidence, particularly at critical points where items are handed over from one partner to another. As for employee data protection, best practice models containing sample company agreements should be developed in order to ensure that the requirements of Industrie 4.0 do not encroach upon employ- ees’ data protection rights. With regard to the secure and confidential handling of sensitive corporate data belonging to third parties, it would be desirable to engage in efforts to promote self-regulation through meas- ures such as audits or certification of compliance with IT security standards. Nonetheless, it will still be neces- sary to legislate on certain issues. These include outsourcing of data processing activities, although it is at EU level that the need for legislation in this area currently exists. There is also an urgent need for harmonisation in the field of trade restrictions, especially with regard to en- cryption products. In order to ensure that Germany can successfully sustain a position as a leading supplier for Industrie 4.0, efforts should be undertaken in the medium to long term to promote common international regulations, for example through the World Trade Organization. In more general terms, the challenges posed by Industrie 4.0 in the areas where technology comes into contact with regulation will require interdisciplinary research. It will be important to ensure that legal experts are involved right from the earliest stages of the R&D process. By the same token, engineers will increas- ingly need to acquire a basic understanding of the legal issues so that they can engage in a full dialogue with their legal counterparts. A partnership along these lines between engineers and legal experts could provide Germany with a genuine competitive advantage in the Industrie 4.0 market. As such, it will be nec- essary for the Industrie 4.0 Platform to ensure that legal experts are involved in the various working groups from an early stage.
  • 64. 62 Industrie 4.0 5Recommendedactions 5.8 Resource efficiency The nature of manufacturing industry means that it is by far the largest consumer of raw materials in industrialised nations. Together with the private sector, it is also the principal consumer of primary energy and electricity. In addition to the high costs involved, this situation entails risks to the environment and security of supply which need to be minimised by regulation. Consequently, in- dustry is undertaking major efforts to reduce its con- sumption of energy and resources or find alternative sources. However, these efforts will need to be sus- tained over many years if they are to have any chance of succeeding. Ultimately, this will involve changes in manu- facturing processes and the design of machinery and plant, since these are the only areas where material and energy consumption can really be influenced. The starting point is the amount of resources that are used by manufacturing companies, both within the com- pany itself and throughout the rest of the value network. It is possible to draw a distinction between three catego- ries of resources and how they are used: 1. Raw materials, additives, operating supplies and all the different kinds of energy carriers, including con- version from one type of energy into another 2. Human resources, i.e. human labour 3. Financial resources, i.e. the necessary investment and operating costs In terms of how these resources are used, it is possible to focus on maximising the output achieved with a given quantity of resources, or on using the lowest possible quantity of resources to achieve a given output. In the first scenario, the emphasis is on calculating resource productivity, whilst in the second scenario the focus is on calculating resource efficiency. A range of metrics are now available to perform these measurements (Life Cycle Assessments, carbon footprinting12, etc). Challenges In general terms, Industrie 4.0 will need to investigate and implement ways of reducing the resources con- sumed during industrial manufacturing processes as a whole and by the machinery and equipment used dur- ing production. The outcomes of the joint Federal Min- istry of Education and Research (BMBF) and German Engineering Federation (VDMA) “Efficiency Factory” (Effizienzfabrik)13 initiative could serve as a model in this regard. When implementing efficient manufactur- ing processes it is important to consider not only basic functions but also the stability of the processes under dynamic conditions, such as frequent stopping and starting and prevention of faulty products (which are a waste of materials and energy). It is therefore necessary to consider productivity in terms of preventing unstable processes that result in quality issues which in turn require the product to be repaired or completely remade. Availability also needs to be considered. Manufacturing equipment can break down (so it is important to build in redundancies to minimise the risk of failure), resources may not be read- ily available when needed and inventory levels may not be in line with requirements (semi-finished and finished goods). One of the key challenges for Industrie 4.0 will be to demonstrate that the additional resources invested in the deployment of CPS and the associated infrastruc- ture can generate sufficient opportunities to deliver re- source productivity and efficiency gains based on the total amount of resources used during engineering, manufacturing, production control, intralogistics, pro- curement and distribution logistics. Industrie 4.0 provides the opportunity to optimise deliv- ery of the overarching goals of resource productivity and efficiency on a case-by-case basis.
  • 65. Industrie 4.0 63 5Recommendedactions 1 Models can address a very wide variety of real or hypothetical scenarios, for example technological systems such as products, manufacturing resources or entire manufacturing systems, living things, e.g. human behaviour or biological interactions, physical or chemical interactions and effects or organisations, e.g. organisational structures and business processes or flows. 2 Avionics (a term derived from the words “aviation” – from the Latin avis, or bird – and “electronics”) refers to all the electrical and electronic equipment on board an aircraft. 3 The following quotation is taken from: Arbeitsgruppe 2 des Nationalen IT Gipfels (Ed.): Digitale Infrastruk- turen. Jahrbuch 2011/2012, 2012, pp. 176-177. 4 Examples of these regulations include the European Machinery Directive 2006/42/EG and its German transposition in the shape of the Ninth Regulation of the Equipment and Product Safety Act, 9. ProdSV. 5 The first programmable logic controller (Modicon 084) was deployed in manufacturing in 1969, see Chapter 1. 6 BSI Cyber-Security Analyses, BSI-A-CS 004, Version 1.00, 12.4.2012. 7 According to the latest survey carried out by the German Engineering Federation (VDMA), Germany’s machinery and plant manufacturing sector lost just under 8 billion euros worth of sales to piracy in 2011, a rise of 24 percent since the last survey two years ago. If the money lost in this way could be recuper- ated, it would be enough to pay for 37,000 jobs in the industry. Almost two thirds of the companies that participated in the survey are now affected by product piracy, rising to 93% for companies with more than 1,000 employees which are generally the companies that are most active internationally (see VDMA: Studie der Arbeitsgemeinschaft Produkt- und Know-how-Schutz, Produktpiraterie 2012, November 2012). 8 See Tanja Fondel/Jochen Schroth: Innovationsführerschaft durch Mitbestimmung? In: Martin Allespach/ Astrid Ziegler (Ed.): Zukunft des Industriestandortes Deutschland 2020, Marburg, 2012, pp. 174-192. 9 The German Qualifications Framework (DQR) establishes eight skill levels based on the complexity of the task and domain and the extent to which independent decision-taking is involved. According to the industry’s professional associations and trade union, “skills” are defined as “the individual ability to act independently in current and future open-ended and complex situations”, in: BITKOM, Gesamtmet- all, VDMA, ZVEI (Ed.): Die Anforderungen des Beschäftigungssystems. Ein Beitrag zur Gestaltung des Deutschen Qualifikationsrahmens, 2007, p. 10. 10 The RAN (RFID-Based Automotive Network) project is one of 14 projects under the auspices of the Federal Ministry of Economics and Technology’s “AUTONOMICS: Autonomous, simulation-based systems for small and medium-sized enterprises” technology programme. RAN aims to deliver transparent and optimal process control in the automotive industry. The project is investigating new approaches and methods for cost-effective inter-company management of order fulfilment processes. Workstream 3 is developing a standardised IT infrastructure (“information broker”) enabling auto ID data to be exchanged between different companies so that they can be used to improve business processes. More information is available at: www.autoran.de. 11 The term “dual use goods” is used, particularly in the field of export control, to describe goods that may be used for more than one purpose (e.g. machines, software or technologies). Although these goods may have been produced primarily for civilian applications, their properties (e.g. the materials they contain or their performance specifications) mean that they can also be used for military purposes. 12 Life Cycle Assessments (LCAs) involve a comprehensive analysis of a product’s total impact on the environment (including anything extracted from the environment for their manufacture, such as ores or crude oil, and any substances released into the environment, such as waste or CO2 emissions) through- out the course of its entire life cycle, including its manufacture, use and subsequent disposal, as well as the associated upstream and downstream processes (e.g. production of the relevant raw materials, additives and fuels; see also ISO standards 14040 and 14044). LCAs can be used during the product planning and design phases in order to ensure that the product is designed to be sustainable, as well as to help formulate product declarations during the marketing phase and for re-design purposes. A product’s carbon footprint refers to its total greenhouse gas emissions throughout its entire life cycle. In other words, this indicator narrows the scope of LCAs down to a product’s impact on climate change. 13 The joint BMBF (Federal Ministry of Education and Research) and VDMA (German Engineering Federa- tion) “Efficiency Factory” innovation platform disseminates the research findings of the 31 projects grouped together under the BMBF funding priority “Resource Efficiency in Manufacturing”. The platform focuses on analysing trends across the different individual projects in order to enable the development of integrated solutions for resource-efficient manufacturing that can subsequently be made available to interested companies. More information is available online at: www.effizienzfabrik.de. Recommended actions The Industrie 4.0 Working Group recommends that a Working Group should be established through the In- dustrie 4.0 Platform to deal exclusively with the topic of resource productivity and efficiency. The Working Group’s remit should include the following tasks: • Adoption and development of the outcomes of the BMBF/VDMA “Efficiency Factory” initiative. • Demonstration of resource savings in terms of enhanced resource productivity and efficiency in the manufacturing environment based on the avoidance of substitution processes resulting from productivity or availability issues. • Calculation and assessment of trade-offs between the additional resources required to deploy CPS and their associated infrastructure and the potential savings generated. This should also be done for the different categories of resources when it comes to taking decisions on modernising production lines or building new ones and the type of automation equipment required. These assessments should take account of the industry or sector in question and whether the value network is regional or global in scope. • It will be necessary to take account of the various metrics and KPIs (key performance indicators) that are being used to assess resource productivity and efficiency and eco-friendliness in current projects and initiatives. The development of decision-supporting KPIs such as the Green Production Index should also be taken into account, together with the basic data required to take transparent, resource-oriented investment decisions, particularly in the area of industrial automation.
  • 66. 64 Industrie 4.0 Today’s automotive industry is characterised by static production lines (with predefined sequences) which are hard to reconfigure to make new product variants. Software-supported Manufacturing Execution Systems (MES) are normally designed with narrowly defined functionality based on the production line’s hardware and are therefore equally static. The nature of employees’ work is also determined by the production line’s functionality and is thus usually very monotonous. Individuality is not encouraged. As a result, it is not possible to incorporate individual customer requests to include an element from another product group made by the same company, for exam- ple to fit a Volkswagen with Porsche seats. Industrie 4.0 results in the emergence of dynamic pro- duction lines. Vehicles become smart products that move autonomously through the assembly shop from one CPS-enabled processing module to another. The dynamic reconfiguration of production lines makes it possible to mix and match the equipment with which vehicles are fitted; furthermore, individual variations (e.g. fitting a seat from another vehicle series) can be implemented at any time in response to logistical is- sues (such as bottlenecks) without being constrained by centrally prescribed timings. It is simple to execute this type of reconfiguration and the cars move autono- mously to the relevant workstation. The Manufacturing Execution System IT solution now constitutes a central component from start to finish – from design through to assembly and operation. Workstation 1 Workstation 2 Workstation 3 Workstation 4 Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013 Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013 Workstation A Workstation T Workstation X Workstation H Workstation F Workstation K Workstation O Rigidly sequenced car manufacture on a production line Decoupled, fully flexible and highly integrated manufacturing systems The dynamic value chains of Industrie 4.0 enable customer- and product-specific coordination of design, configu- ration, ordering, planning, production and logistics. This also provides the opportunity to incorporate last-minute requests for changes immediately prior to or even during production. Workstation 1 Workstation 2 Workstation 3 Workstation 4 Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013 Source: Hewlett-Packard 2013 Workstation A Workstation T Workstation X Workstation H Workstation F Workstation K Workstation O Rigidly sequenced car manufacture on a production line Decoupled, fully flexible and highly integrated manufacturing systems Tomorrow Today POTENTIAL BENEFITS The first apps, MOS solutions and shared IT platforms as described above will start to appear relatively soon, i.e. within the next few months. However, it will be some years before we see end-to-end, CPS-enabled dynamic production lines. Nonetheless, implementations focused on specific parts of the manufacturing process can be expected to occur somewhat earlier. EXAMPLE APPLICATION 3: Supporting custom manufacturing: how an individual customer’s requirements can be met
  • 67. Remote Service is enabled by the establishment of individual communication solutions between the ma- chine supplier and the user. The technician generally connects to the machine directly via a modem. Since the advent of the Internet, VPN connections (Virtual Private Networks) have also gained in popularity, since they allow secure access to the customer’s cor- porate network. The goal of this approach is to re- motely diagnose and control the machine in order to reduce the duration of unscheduled stoppages and downtime. The configuration and administration of the communication links involves a significant amount of management work, since the conditions of use need to be agreed separately with each customer. Moreover, this approach can currently only be used to provide reactive services, i.e. to carry out maintenance after an incident has occurred. In Industrie 4.0, technicians will no longer manually con- nect to the machine they are servicing. Manufacturing systems will operate as “social machines” – in networks that are similar to social networks – and will automati- cally connect to cloud-based telepresence platforms in order to search for the appropriate experts to deal with the situation in question. The experts will then be able to use integrated knowledge platforms, videoconferencing tools and enhanced engineering methods to perform tra- ditional remote maintenance services more efficiently via mobile devices. Moreover, machines will continuously enhance and expand their own capabilities as the situation requires by automatically updating or loading the relevant functions and data via standardised, secure communica- tion links with the telepresence platforms. By shifting complex computational tasks (e.g. simulations and projections) away from the machines to the portals it will be possible to employ huge amounts of processing power to ensure that they are performed in the shortest pos- sible time, thus delivering additional productivity gains. Source: Trumpf 2013 Remote Service Source: Trumpf 2013 Telepresence platform Remote Service is an instrument that manufacturers have been using for several years in order to provide custom- ers with fast and efficient support by remotely accessing and controlling machines. Increased networking of manufacturing systems opens up new potential to deliver additional productivity gains. Source: Trumpf 2013 Remote Service Source: Trumpf 2013 Telepresence platform Tomorrow Today POTENTIAL BENEFITS The first cloud-based telepresence portals that have recently become available hint at what may be possible in the fu- ture. Rapid development of these portals will open up new horizons, revolutionising manufacturing systems over the next few years. EXAMPLE APPLICATION 4: Telepresence
  • 68. 6 How does Germany compare with the rest of the world?
  • 69. Industrie 4.0 67 6Internationalcomparison Germany is not the only country to have identified the trend towards using the Internet of Things in manufactur- ing (Industrial Internet1) and its disruptive impact on in- dustrial processes as strategic challenges for manufac- turing industry going forward. However, a variety of different terms are used around the world to describe the phenomenon of Industrie 4.0. Especially in the Eng- lish-speaking world and at EU level, it is customary to refer to the Internet of Things and the trend towards digitalisation in terms of a third Industrial Revolution. This number is arrived at either by including the second In- dustrial Revolution (the establishment of mechanical mass production) as part of the first,2 or not counting the third transformation of industry resulting from the auto- mation of manufacturing processes as a genuine revolu- tion in its own right.3,4 The terms “Smart Production”, “Smart Manufacturing” or “Smart Factory” are used in Europe, China and the US5 to refer specifically to digital networking of produc- tion to create smart manufacturing systems, whereas the equally fashionable term “Advanced Manufactur- ing” embraces a broader spectrum of modernisation trends in the manufacturing environment.6 As far as the global markets for machinery and plant manufacturing, electrical engineering, automation and ICT are concerned, the examples of selected countries serve to illustrate different policy responses to these trends. International market trends Following a period of spectacular growth between 2004 and 2008, when output rose by approximately 38 percent, the global financial crisis triggered a dra- matic slump in orders and production among Germa- ny’s machinery and plant manufacturers. However, business started to pick up again as early as the middle of 2009 as companies strove to make up the ground lost during the crisis. Demand has now returned to nor- mal, with two percent growth forecast for 2013. in billions of euros Source: VDMA, Stand November 2012 Russia EU (27) Germany China USA Figure 13: Mechanical engineering industry sales in selected countries* 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 * Mechanical engineering industry not including services such as installation, repair and maintenance; as far as possible, the sales figures include all the companies that manufacture in the respective countries 6 How does Germany compare with the rest of the world?
  • 70. 68 Industrie 4.0 6Internationalcomparison According to a recent survey by the German Engineer- ing Federation (VDMA), the majority of German me- chanical engineering firms still see themselves as among the world’s leaders and regard their main com- petitors as domestic ones, followed only distantly by competitors from the US and Italy. Global sales in the mechanical engineering sector came to around 2.1 tril- lion euros in 2011. A glance at the position of the me- chanical engineering industry in selected countries re- veals an extremely heterogeneous picture. (see also Fig. 13). Since 2002, large-scale transfers of production to other parts of the world have resulted in a sharp in- crease in the US mechanical engineering sector’s de- pendency on imports. The number of people employed in the industry fell by 25 percent between 2002 and 2010.8 However, there have been some signs of a gradual recovery since 2010, with rises in both do- mestic and export demand. The press in the US has been quick to seize on terms such as “reshoring”9 and “insourcing boom”10 to describe what it already per- ceives as a fundamental sea change. China is also devoting a huge amount of effort to catch- ing up with other countries in terms of its mechanical engineering technology and strengthening its market po- sition. Over the past five years, it has risen to become the world’s largest machinery manufacturer, with sales of 563 billion euros in 2011. At the same time, China has also redoubled its efforts on the exports front. In 2011, the Chinese investment goods industry exported goods worth 87.7 billion euros, an increase of more than 20 percent compared to the previous year. It thus leapt for- ward to become the world’s fourth largest exporter of machinery, with a 10.2 percent share of the market. There has been a pronounced rise in Russia’s demand for machinery and plant since 2010. Russia, which is the official partner country of this year’s Hannover trade fair, is already the fourth largest export market » During the course of our work together it has become apparent that Germany pos- sesses all the necessary competencies in the fields of manufacturing technology and mechanical engineering to continue to enjoy global success in tomorrow’s world of the Internet of Things and Services « Dr. Siegfried Dais Robert Bosch GmbH Co-Chair of the Industrie 4.0 Working Group
  • 71. Industrie 4.0 69 6Internationalcomparison for German mechanical engineering firms, behind Chi- na, the US and France. Germany is also Russia’s number one machinery supplier, with a 22.6 percent market share. The Russian government is forecasting continued growth of the Russian market over the next few years and is supporting this growth through a funding programme worth billions of euros. In the longer term, there is significant potential for German machinery and plant manufacturers to export Industrie 4.0 products to Russia. In 2011, the global electrical engineering market was worth 3,414 billion euros. At 116 billion euros, the Ger- man electrical engineering market is the fifth largest in the world, after China (1,119 billion euros), the US (486 billion euros), Japan (284 billion euros) and South Korea (155 billion euros). In recent years, the growth of the global electrical engineering market has largely been due to newly-industrialised countries whose total market volume of 1.7 trillion euros reached the same level as that of the industrialised nations for the first time in 2011. It is expected that growth will remain signifi- cantly higher in the newly-industrialised countries than in the industrialised nations during 2012 and 2013. The global automation market recently reached 350 billion euros, meaning that it now accounts for more than one tenth of the global electrical engineering mar- ket. In the past few years, China has risen to become the single largest regional market. Its market is current- ly worth 100 billion euros, giving it a 29 percent share of the global market and meaning that it has now over- taken Europe, where the market is worth just 93 billion euros. Trailing some way behind these two markets are the US (12 percent or 40 billion euros) and Japan (8 percent or 26 billion euros). At 21 billion euros (6 per- cent), Germany is the world’s fourth largest market. China’s lead is even greater when it comes to automa- tion product manufacturing. China accounts for 30 percent of global production, or 103 billion euros out of a total of 350 billion euros. The US and Japan are more or less tied for second place with roughly eleven per- cent each, closely followed by Germany, with ten per- cent. However, Germany is the world’s largest exporter of automation products and systems (29 billion euros), followed by China (27 billion euros) and the US (21 billion euros). The global turnover of the ICT industry is forecast to rise by 4.6 percent this year to 2.69 trillion euros. At 5.2 and 4.2 percent respectively, the two key segments of information technology and telecommunications are both experiencing strong growth. However, there are significant disparities in market trends across different regions. Whilst the industry is booming in newly-indus- trialised countries, throughout most of Western Europe it is either flat or in decline. Between them, China, India and Russia already account for one seventh (14 per- cent) of global ICT demand this year. The Chinese mar- ket alone is forecast to grow by 6.6 percent to 235 billion euros in 2013, overtaking Japan (221 billion eu- ros) as the world’s second largest ICT market. The US market remains the undisputed leader in terms of de- mand for ICT. The latest figures put its total value at 725 billion euros, an increase of 5.8 percent. Growth in western Europe has been more sluggish than in the rest of the world. In 2013, ICT sales are expected to rise by a modest 1.3 percent to 625 billion euros. The German information technology market, on the other hand, is forecast to grow by 3.0 percent in 2013 to 75 billion euros. Germany’s software market is also set to experience strong growth, rising by 5.1 percent to 17.8 billion euros. The market for IT services such as out- sourcing and maintenance is forecast to grow by 3.0 percent to 35.9 billion euros, whilst the hardware mar- ket is expected to return a modest growth figure of 1.2 percent. With SAP, Software AG and Telekom, together with major subsidiaries of US (e.g. IBM and HP) and Asian companies, Germany has a globally significant level of IT competencies clustered closely together. This pro- vides a new opportunity for Germany to take a leading role in Industrie 4.0. Industrial policy funding initiatives in selected countries Other countries are also supporting the modernisation of manufacturing industry through funding programmes and research initiatives. However, the available informa- tion suggests that in the US and China, for example, the transformation envisaged by the Industrie 4.0 initia- tive is regarded as no more than one trend among many, for example the introduction of new materials and technologies.11
  • 72. 70 Industrie 4.0 6Internationalcomparison US The US administration has once again started to attach greater priority to the mechanical engineering sec- tor.12 It is now seeking to pursue an active industrial policy in order to create jobs and encourage reshoring of manufacturing to the US. In the summer of 2011, President Obama launched the Advanced Manufactur- ing Partnership (AMP), a private-sector led body that brings together representatives of the research, busi- ness and political communities to chart a “course for investing and furthering the development of the emerg- ing technologies”. The AMP Steering Committee is made up of the Presidents of the top engineering uni- versities (MIT, UC Berkeley, Stanford, CMU, Michigan and GIT) and the CEOs of leading US enterprises (in- cluding Caterpillar, Corning, Dow Chemical, Ford, Hon- eywell, Intel, Johnson & Johnson, Northrop Grumman, Procter & Gamble and United Technologies). In July 2012, the AMP submitted a report detailing 16 recommendations13 which include the establishment of a National Network of Manufacturing Innovation Institutes (NNMII). These institutes, which take the form of Public- Private Partnerships, are intended to act as “regional hubs for manufacturing excellence” in order to improve the global competitiveness of US businesses and in- crease investment in US manufacturing facilities. 14 In addition, the Obama administration is making more R&D funding available for manufacturing research. In the 2013 budget, the funding earmarked for advanced manufacturing is being increased by 19 percent to 2.2 billion dollars. On top of this, the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), which is the body responsible for standardisation, has been allocated 100 million dollars of funding to provide technical sup- port to domestic manufacturing industry through the provision of research facilities and know-how. NIST is also responsible for the Advanced Manufacturing Por- tal15 which was set up at the AMP’s recommendation and is intended to facilitate networking between gov- ernment, university and private initiatives in this field. Finally, the US administration’s Jobs and Innovation Ac- celerator Challenge initiative is investing 20 million dol- lars in a further ten Public-Private Partnerships in the field of advanced manufacturing. CPS and the Internet of Things (IOT) have already been benefiting from public funding in the US for sev- eral years. Indeed, Cyber-Physical Systems were iden- tified as a key research area by the National Science Foundation (NSF) as long ago as 2006. However, very little is actually being done with regard to the specific use of CPS in manufacturing.16 The Networking and In- formation Technology Research and Development (NI- TRD) Programme brings together 18 research agen- cies in order to coordinate research in different IT domains including Human-Computer Interaction and Information Management. In 2011, the NITRD had a budget of over 3 billion dollars at its disposal. China China is also striving to expand its mechanical engi- neering industry. The 12th Five-Year Plan (2011-2015) sets out the aim of reducing dependency on foreign technology and pursuing global technology leadership in seven “strategic industries” including High-End Equipment Manufacturing and a New-Generation Infor- mation Technology17. China’s leaders are making a total of 1.2 trillion euros available for this goal up to 2015 and are stimulating supply and demand through subsi- dies, tax breaks and other financial incentives. They also intend to increase R&D investment as a proportion of GDP from 1.5 to 2 percent by 2015.18 In the ma- chine tools sector, one of the priorities is the develop- ment of “intelligent manufacturing equipment”, “intelli- gent control systems” and “high-class numerically controlled machines”, whilst the priorities in the area of IT include the Internet of Things and its applications, including “industrial control and automation”. Since 2010, the priority attached by Beijing to the In- ternet of Things has grown significantly.19 China has held an annual Internet of Things Conference since 2010 and China’s first IoT Center was opened during the first of these conferences. This research centre has received 117 million US dollars worth of funding to in- vestigate basic IoT technologies and the associated standardisation requirements. In addition, the School of Software at Dalian University of Technology established
  • 73. Industrie 4.0 71 6Internationalcomparison a research group as long ago as 2009 with a remit that includes the investigation of CPS applications in auto- mation engineering. 20 China has also established an “IoT innovation zone” in the city of Wuxi in Jiangsu Prov- ince with 300 companies employing more than 70,000 people. China’s leaders are planning to invest a total of 800 million US dollars in the IoT industry between now and 2015.21 EU At EU level, research into the Internet of Things is cur- rently benefiting from increased support through the Seventh Framework Programme for Research (2007- 2013). The largest budgetary allocation of in excess of 9 billion euros is earmarked for the ICT funding priority. Within the programme, there are a variety of cross-bor- der initiatives geared towards implementing the Inter- net of Things in manufacturing industry. The Sie- mens-led “IoT@Work” project has been given a budget of 5.8 million euros to develop the Plug&Work concept in a practical setting. Meanwhile, a total of 2.4 billion euros has been invested in the ARTEMIS technology platform to promote R&D projects in eight sub-pro- grammes that include both “Manufacturing and Pro- duction Automation” and CPS.22 In addition, 1.2 billion euros have been awarded to the Public-Private Partner- ship initiative “Factories of the Future” which launches annual calls for proposals for projects in the area of smart, ICT-driven manufacturing. Under the auspices of this initiative, the SAP-led project “ActionPlanT” recent- ly submitted its “Vision for Manufacturing 2.0”, that is intended to serve as a discussion document for future research funding initiatives under the Eighth Frame- work Programme for Research – “Horizon 2020” (2014-2020). Horizon 2020’s proposed budget of 80 billion euros will make it the world’s largest R&D fund- ing programme.23 India Innovation funding is one of the core priorities of In- dia’s Five-Year Plan (2012-2017) which provides for an increase in public and private R&D investment to two percent of GDP.24 In 2011, the “Cyber-Physical Sys- tems Innovation Hub” project was launched under the auspices of the Ministry of Communications and Infor- mation Technology to conduct research into a variety of areas, including humanoid robotics. Moreover, Bosch founded the Centre for Research in CPS in Bangalore in November 2011. Both the Fraunhofer-Gesellschaft and several top Indian research centres are participat- ing in this project in an advisory capacity. The partner- ship, which is funded to the tune of 22.8 billion euros, aims to create an optimal research and working envi- ronment for the IT specialists of the future. In future, support will also be provided to industry and the re- search community, for example through research con- tracts.25 Even today, according to a recent study by the Zebra Tech Company, Indian businesses are world leaders in terms of take-up and use of IoT technology.26
  • 74. 72 Industrie 4.0 6Internationalcomparison 1 At the end of 2012, US-based company General Electric (GE) publicly launched a broad-based initiative focused on the Internet of Things (IoT). Although GE’s “Industrial Internet” strategy has applications in a huge variety of different areas, manufacturing only plays a minor role. GE believes that there is potential to deliver significant global savings through deployment of the IoT in a range of different industries. It calculates that fuel consumption in the commercial air travel sector could be cut by 1 percent over 15 years, generating savings of 30 billion dollars, whilst efficiency gains in the healthcare and freight and rail transport industries could save 66 billion and 27 billion dollars respectively. (See Evans, Peter C./Annunziata, Marco: Industrial Internet. Pushing the Boundaries of Minds and Machine (GE Study), November 2012, p. 4) 2 For details on how this term is used, see e.g. Evans, Peter C./Annunziata, Marco: Industrial Internet. Pushing the Boundaries of Minds and Machine (GE study), November 2012, p. 7f. 3 This is the reasoning underpinning the statement made by the European Commissioner for Industry and Entrepreneurship, Antonio Tajani, when he proclaimed a third Industrial Revolution in May 2012 (see European Commission: Building a New Industrial Revolution in Europe. In: Unternehmen und Industrie Magazin, June 2012.). A few months later, following a public consultation, Tajani identified six key areas that should be strengthened in the future by the EU, the member states and private actors. Two of these areas are directly relevant to Industrie 4.0: the promotion of “advanced manufacturing technologies” and “key enabling technologies” (see European Commission: Industrial revolution brings industry back to Europe (press release), 10 October 2012). 4 To some extent, the discourse surrounding the third Industrial Revolution is also connected with a new innovation cycle characterised by the use and expansion of renewable energy (see e.g. Rifkin, Jeremy: The Third Industrial Revolution: How Lateral Power Is Transforming Energy, the Economy, and the World, 2011), a dramatic increase in resource productivity and the use of new materials, substances and pro- cesses (e.g. 3D printing; see Hill, Jürgen: Das Potential von 3D-Druck, in: Computerwoche, 29.01.2013). 5 See e.g. the blog smartmanufacturing.com or the initiative Smart Manufacturing Leadership Coalition (SMLC), more information available online at www.smartmanufacturingcoalition.org. 6 Advanced manufacturing is a family of activities that depend on the use and coordination of information, automation, computation, software, sensing, and networking, and/or make use of cutting edge materials and emerging capabilities enabled by the physical and biological sciences, for example nanotechnology, chemistry, and biology. It involves both new ways to manufacture existing products, and the manufacture of new products emerging from new advanced technologies.” This definition, which was produced by the President's Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST), one of the US administration’s most important advisory committees on technology trends, is typical of how this particular term is used (see PCAST: Report to the President on Ensuring American Leadership in Advanced Manufacturing, June 2011, p. ii). 7 A total of 483 companies participated in the VDMA survey (see VDMA: Tendenzbefragung. Internationale Wettbewerbsposition des deutschen Maschinen- und Anlagebaus [Survey of Current Trends. Global Competitive Position of German Machinery and Plant Manufacturers], October 2012). 8 See Le Monde Diplomatique: Die Zukunft der Industrie liegt in Asien, in: Atlas der Globalisierung – Die Welt von morgen, 2012, p. 28. 9 See Minter, Steve: Evidence for U.S. Manufacturing Reshoring Builds. In: The Global Manufacturer, October 2012, and The Economist: Reshoring manufacturing. Coming home, Special Report, January 2012. 10 See Fishman, Charles: The Insourcing Boom. The Atlantic, December 2012. 11 See, for example, McKinsey Global Institute: Manufacturing the future: The next era of global growth and innovation, November 2012. 12 This is at least partly in response to calls made by the Association for Manufacturing Technology and the recommendations of the President’s Council of Advisors on Science and Technology (PCAST). In its 2012 report on “Capturing Domestic Competitive Advantage in Advanced Manufacturing”, PCAST, which advises the US administration, argued that the US is losing its position as a leading manufacturing nation and, unlike other industrialised nations, is doing hardly anything about it at a policy level. 13 PCAST: Capturing Domestic Competitive Advantage in Advanced Manufacturing. AMP Steering Commit- tee Report, July 2012; see also National Science and Technology Council (NSTC): National Strategic Plan for Advanced Manufacturing, February 2012. 14 The network is currently under development. Funding from a number of US State administrations and businesses will be complemented by a one billion dollar investment on behalf of central government. The aim is to establish a total of 15 research institutes that will focus on different aspects of advanced manufacturing. This is intended to improve coordination between university research and product de- velopment within enterprises (see also Appendix 1: Technology Development Workstream Report, in: PCAST: Capturing Domestic Competitive Advantage in Advanced Manufacturing. AMP Steering Commit- tee Report, July 2012). 15 Online at: www.manufacturing.gov. 16 Of the 108 projects since 2008 that have received funding of between 500,000 and 1 million dollars, it appears that only one is specifically focused on the use of CPS in manufacturing. 17 In these areas, the Plan speaks emphatically of “leapfrogging”. 18 This would bring China’s R&D expenditure up to around 215 billion euros by 2015, or roughly three times the amount that Germany currently spends on research and development (see Nürnberg, Jörg/Wang, Thomas: Implications of the 12th Five Year Plan For German Machinery Manufacturers, April 2012). 19 Since 2010, outgoing premier Wen Jiabao has set out the importance of the IoT as a key technology for China’s development in several speeches. The Minister of Industry and Information Technology, Li Yizhong, also highlighted this topic in an article entitled “We must make use of information technology to restructure and improve traditional industry; we should formulate policies to encourage the develop- ment of Internet of Things” (see http://en.cbf.net.au/Item/639.aspx - last visited by the authors in January 2013). 20 See Geisberger, Eva/Broy, Manfred: agendaCPS. Integrierte Forschungsagenda Cyber-Physical Systems (agendaCPS. Integrated Research Agenda Cyber-Physical Systems) (acatech STUDY), Heidelberg et al.: Springer Verlag 2012. 21 See Voigt, Kevin: China looks to lead the Internet of Things, (CNN), 28 November 2012. 22 Since 2008, ARTEMIS has also been organising an annual worldwide “CPS week”. The European Research Cluster on the Internet of Things (IERC) is an initiative funded through the Seventh Framework Programme for Research which coordinates European research activities in this area. 23 In the UK, a group of experts is currently studying the future of manufacturing. “The Future of Manufac- turing” project will identify potential development strategies for manufacturing up to 2050. 24 See Government of India, Planning Commission: Faster, Sustainable and More Inclusive Growth. An Approach to the Twelfth Five Year Plan, October 2011, p. 115. 25 See Geisberger, Eva/Broy, Manfred: agendaCPS. Integrierte Forschungsagenda Cyber-Physical Systems (agendaCPS. Integrated Research Agenda Cyber-Physical Systems) (acatech STUDY), Heidelberg et al.: Springer Verlag 2012. 26 See CXO today News Desk: Indian CIOs keen on adopting Internet of Things, 11 October 2012. TAKE-HOME MESSAGE Many of Germany’s competitors have also recognised the trend for using the Internet of Things in the manufacturing environment and are promoting it through a range of institutional and financial measures. The Industrie 4.0 Working Group believes that Germany is well placed to become a global pacesetter in the area of Industrie 4.0. The Industrie 4.0 Platform should undertake regular critical appraisals of the extent to which the measures implemented and planned by Germany are succeeding in delivering this goal. A separate research project should be established to carry out a more detailed analysis of Germany’s inter- national competitors and the markets it should be targeting over the next ten to 15 years.
  • 75. In the event of unexpected supplier failure, it is currently difficult for manufacturers to assess the impact on current production and downstream processes and come up with a timely response. Sudden supplier failures result in significant additional costs and delays in production and thus entail major risks to companies’ business. They need to take quick decisions about which alternative supplier to use as cover, how to execute the logistics for goods that are currently in production, how long current stocks are likely to last, which products already contain compo- nents from the failed supplier and whether the alternative suppliers actually have the ability and skills needed to provide the required capacity by the relevant deadline. Currently, it is only possible to provide partial IT support for these decisions. In Industrie 4.0 it will be possible to simulate all the steps in the manufacturing process and depict their influence on production. This will include simulation of inventory levels, transport and logistics, the ability to track the usage history of components that have already been used in production and provision of information relating to how long components can be kept before they expire. This will enable product-specific set-up costs to be calculated and reconfiguration of production resources to be kept to a minimum. It will also be possible to assess the relevant risks. It will thus be possible to simulate the different costs and margins of alternative suppliers, including simula- tion of the environmental impact associated with using one supplier over another. Extensive networking of manu- facturing systems will make it possible to analyse alternative suppliers and their capacity in real time. It will be possible to contact and engage suppliers directly via the appropriate secure channels in the supplier cloud. Circumstances beyond the manufacturer’s control, such as unexpected natural disasters or political crises, mean that they often have to change suppliers suddenly during production. Industrie 4.0 can help to make these chang- es substantially smoother by running simulations of the affected downstream services, thus allowing different suppliers to be evaluated and the best alternative to be selected. Tomorrow Today POTENTIAL BENEFITS IT innovations such as Big Data and the Cloud allow real-time optimised simulations to be performed. The necessary software designs already exist. The value drivers in favour of prompt implementation of this approach include time and cost savings and the ability to minimise risks to the business. EXAMPLE APPLICATION 5: Sudden change of supplier during production due to a crisis beyond the manufacturer’s control
  • 77. Industrie 4.0 75 7Outlook 7 Outlook Germany has the potential to become a leading market and leading supplier for Industrie 4.0. If this is to be achieved then, in addition to meeting the technological challenges, it will be essential for the different industries and their employees to work together in order to shape developments. The Industrie 4.0 Platform constitutes a crucial step towards ensuring that the innovation poten- tial of Industrie 4.0 is leveraged across all industries. The journey towards implementing the Industrie 4.0 vi- sion will involve an evolutionary process that will pro- gress at different rates in individual companies and sectors. Demonstration projects should therefore be developed and new products brought to market as soon as possible. Implementation should be addressed through a dual strategy. Existing basic technologies and experience will need to be adapted to the requirements of manu- facturing engineering and rolled out rapidly on a wide- spread basis. At the same time, it will also be neces- sary to research and develop innovative solutions for new manufacturing sites and new markets. If this is done successfully, Germany will be in a position to be- come a leading supplier for Industrie 4.0. Moreover, the establishment of a leading market will serve to make Germany a more attractive manufacturing location and help preserve its domestic manufacturing industry. The Industry-Science Research Alliance launched the strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 in early 2011. As of April 2013, the industry’s professional associations BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI will be joining together with actors from the business and research communities and civil society in order to ensure that implementation of the initiative is progressed in a coherent manner. A systemic approach in which all the stakeholders are in- volved in a mutual exchange of technological and social innovations will provide a sound basis for successful cooperation in this regard.
  • 79. Industrie 4.0 77 Background The strategic initiative Industrie 4.0 Industrie 4.0 is a “strategic initiative” of the German government that was adopted as part of the High-Tech Strategy 2020 Action Plan in November 2011. It was launched in January 2011 by the COMMUNICATION Promoters Group of the Industry-Science Research Al- liance (FU). Its initial implementation recommendations were formulated by the Industrie 4.0 Working Group between January and October 2012 under the coordi- nation of acatech –National Academy of Science and Engineering. The Working Group was chaired by Dr Siegfried Dais, Deputy Chairman of the Board of Man- agement of Robert-Bosch GmbH, and Prof. Henning Kagermann, President of acatech. The recommenda- tions were submitted as a report to the German govern- ment at the Industry-Science Research Alliance’s Im- plementation Forum held at the Produktionstechnisches Zentrum Berlin on 2 October 2012. Going forward, further implementation measures will be progressed through a number of working groups under the Indus- trie 4.0 Platform which was recently established by the industry’s professional associations BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI and which now has the support of its own Secretariat. Home page of the Industry-Science Research Alliance: forschungsunion.de High-Tech Strategy Action Plan available at: bmbf.de/pub/HTS-Aktionsplan.pdf Industrie 4.0 Working Group reports: acatech.de/industrie4.0 Since 2006, the German government has been pursu- ing a High-Tech Strategy geared towards interdepart- mental coordination of research and innovation initia- tives in Germany with the aim of securing Germany’s strong competitive position through technological in- novation. The current incarnation is known as the High-Tech Strategy 2020 and focuses on five priority areas: climate/energy, health/food, mobility, security and communication. The strategy revolves around a number of “strategic initiatives” through which the In- dustry-Science Research Alliance is addressing con- crete medium-term scientific and technological devel- opment goals over a period of ten to fifteen years. The initiatives have formulated concrete innovation strate- gies and implementation roadmaps designed to make Germany a leader in supplying solutions to global challenges. This report presents and expands upon the recom- mendations put forward by the Industrie 4.0 Working Group in October 2012 and will provide a basis for the work of the Industrie 4.0 Platform that will com- mence in April 2013
  • 80. 78 Industrie 4.0 Industrie4.0Platform Governing Board (GB) Board members from Steering Committee’s member companies Scientific Advisory Committee (SAC) Professors from the relevant technical disciplines WG 1 WG 2 … WG n sends representatives Figure 14: Provisional organisational chart of the “Industry 4.0” Platform Steering Committee (SC) sends one spokespersonProvides input on Platform’s strategy manages the platform in coordination with WG leaders supports informs communicates supports supports Community of experts • Member companies • Representatives of the 3 professional associations • SAC spokesperson • Guests: working group leaders Secretariat (Sec.) Run jointly by BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI The Industrie 4.0 Platform The professional associations BITKOM, VDMA and ZVEI have established the joint Industrie 4.0 Platform in order to progress the initiative and ensure a coordinat- ed, cross-sectoral approach. The Platform’s central coordination and management body is the industry-led Steering Committee. It is re- sponsible for setting the Platform’s strategic course, appointing working groups and guiding their work. The Steering Committee is supported by a Scientific Advi- sory Committee that includes members from the man- ufacturing, IT and automation industries as well as a number of other disciplines. The Working Groups re- port to the Steering Committee, but are free to deter- mine their own structure. They are open to all interested parties. The Governing Board provides input with regard to strategy and supports the Platform’s political activities. Where necessary, it represents the Platform vis-à-vis policymakers, the media and the public. The Secretariat is staffed by members of the three pro- fessional associations and provides the Steering Com- mittee with organisational and administrative support. It deals with knowledge transfer, internal relations and relations with similar initiatives. It is also responsible for media and public relations activities. Secretariat Management: Rainer Glatz, VDMA Dr. Bernhard Diegner, ZVEI Wolfgang Dorst, BITKOM Secretariat address: Lyoner Straße 9, 60528 Frankfurt/Main Contact: [email protected] plattform-i40.de